FirstRanker Logo

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice is a hub of Question Papers & Study Materials for B-Tech, B.E, M-Tech, MCA, M.Sc, MBBS, BDS, MBA, B.Sc, Degree, B.Sc Nursing, B-Pharmacy, D-Pharmacy, MD, Medical, Dental, Engineering students. All services of FirstRanker.com are FREE

📱

Get the MBBS Question Bank Android App

Access previous years' papers, solved question papers, notes, and more on the go!

Install From Play Store

Download MBA HRM 3rd Semester Human Resource Development Notes

Download MBA HRM (Human Resource Management) (Master of Business Administration) 3rd Semester Human Resource Development Notes

This post was last modified on 14 March 2022

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

LEARNING OBJECTIVES

Introduction

The term learning means changes in our behavior, attitude, knowledge and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


skills. In other wards we can say that through learning we can feel permanently

changes in our self. If we are not feeling any changes in our above skills then it

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

will not be called as learning. The learning is a type of reinforcement, which

may learn a change in behavior enduring by strengthening and intensifying

certain aspect of an individual behavior.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Learning may be described at the process of acquiring the ability to respond

adequately to a situation, which may or may not have been previously an

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

countered. After analysis, the term learning consist of the following contents:-

L - At length

E - It should be affective

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


A - It should be apparent

R - Relentless

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

N - Elimination of negative thoughts

I - Implanting

N - Elimination negative internalization.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


G - Elimination of generalization

CONCEPT OF LEARNING OBJECTIVE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The term learning involves the following:-

Components of learning objectives:-

The learning objectives has the following components:-

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





1. Audience- Audience is the target of learning objective and the audience

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


character.

2. Behavior - Behavior is expected from the learner to show the audience has

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

learn something from the instructor.

3. Condition-Under what condition will the learner be expected to demonstrate

his/her knowledge. It is the responsibility of instructor to create an

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


atmosphere of learning for grasping the memory from the learning

environment.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Main characteristics of good learning objective

1. The learning objective should identify a learning outcomes ? The main

objective of learning is reflection. The objective needs to state what the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


learner is to perform, not how the learn lesson.

2. The learning objective should be consistent with course goal ? it is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

necessary that the learning objective should be consistent with the course

goal. When objective and goals are not consistent two avenues of

approached will be available.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


-

Change the objective or

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

-

Change the course goal

3. The learning objective should be precious:- Its some have difficulties to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


strike a balance between too much and too little precious in an objective.

There should be a free line between choosing objective that reflects an

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

important and meaningful outcome of instructions and objective.

To make the objective of learning the affective steps are as under:-

- Starts class on schedule.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


- Present material listed in lesson plans and follows the general outline.

- Use following traits and techniques while conducting instruction: flexibility,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spontaneity, provides empathy, and compassion uses good questioning


techniques, is an active listener, gets feed back, uses positive reinforcement,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

and provide counseling.

- Facilitator directs and guides the learner towards finding the correct answer

to their questions, rather than being an answering service.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


- Provide coaching.

- Demonstrates new or difficult material in manner that may be seen and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

understood by the learners.

- Evaluates learner in the prescribed manner.

- Grades tests and distributes scores as required.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


- Completes class roster and other form at end of training session and deliver

them to the training department.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

- Completes all learning activities and required function, during allotted time

period.

TECHNIQUES OF MOTIVATION FOR ACHIEVING LEARNING

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


OBJECTIVE ARE AS FOLLOWS :-



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Learning Objective and Techniques of Motivation

Knowledge, Understanding, application and creativity can be used as criteria for

selecting the appropriate techniques of motivation.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


1) Knowledge Objectives:This objective is achieved to develop the recall

and recognition abilities .it is the lowest learning objective and concerns

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

with the environment of objects. The reward, praise, punishment and

reproof techniques of motivation may be employed to achieve

knowledge objective. The concrete form of motivation is effective for

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


this purpose.

2) Understanding objectives:The understanding objective is realized by

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

developing the abilities of seeing relationship, discrimination, cite

example and generalization, the environment and content both are


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

equally important for providing appropriate learning experiences to the

students. The praise, success, punishment and failure techniques of

motivation can assist in achieving this objective.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


3) Application objectives:An application objective is achieved by

developing the abilities of reasoning, hypothesizing, inferring, and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

prediction. The perception and expectancies of the students play the

significant role. The success and failure, cooperation and competition

knowledge of results and attitude, techniques of motivation can help in

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


realizing the objective of application.

1. Creativity objectives:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The creativity is the highest objective of the cognitive domain. This can

be achieved by satisfying the highest needs of a person and employing

internal motivation. The analysis, synthesis and evaluation or Judgment

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


abilities are developed for achieving this objective. The context is most

important and environment is least important. The ego environment and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

self-motivation is essential for creativity. The level of aspiration, novelty

and attitude, techniques of motivation can be used for achieving

creativity objective.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DOMAINS OF LEARNING

The term domains of learning means classification, area and scope of learning.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The classification allows the teacher to be better able to organize instruction and

thereafter provides better structure and improved clarity. The main aim of

domains of learning that the students will be better able to achieve success if

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


they more clearly understand the structure of the instruction provided to them.


The types of domains of learning

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The domains of learning are of three types:

1. Cognitive domains

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

2. Affective domains

3. Psycho domains

1.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Cogitative Domains- The cogitative refers to an individual idea thoughts

knowledge interpretation, understanding etc. about himself and his

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

environments. The cogitative theory of learning assumes that the

organism learns the measuring of various objects and events and learned

responses depend upon the meaning assigned stimuli. In other views we

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


can say that the learner form a cognitive structure in memory, which

preserves an organize information about the various events that occurs in a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

learning situation.

The cognitive theory recognizes the rol of an organism in receiving,

memorizing, restructuring and interpreting the stimulus and reaching to it.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


At the end we can say that we understand about an individual cognitive

system, the better we are above to predict his behavior.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

2.

Affective domains ? This domain is the area, which concern attitude,

belief and the entire spectrum of values and value system. The area is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


often considered the more difficult domains in which we structure

instruction. The term values are show in embedded that they can be

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

inferred from people behavior and their expected attitude. What may

appear` to be strange behavior in an employee can make sense if

managers understand the value underlying that behavior? Value has an

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


important influence on the attitude, perception, needs and motives of

people at work. Value represents basic convictions that a specific mode of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

conduct is permanently are socially preferable to an opposite mode of


conduct. When we rank individual values in terms of their intensity we

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

obtain value system of that person. All offers have a hierarchy of value

that forms our value system. This system is identified by the relative

importance. We assign to such value a freedom self respects, honesty,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


obedience, equity and so on.

The value learnt can be divided into two broad categories:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

- Terminal value

- Instructional value

The person learns and develops values because of the following factors:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Family factors

Social factors

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Personal factors

FAMILY FACTORS - The factors influencing the process of

socialization of an individual is role of the family. The learning of social

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


behavior, values and norms come through these practices for example ?

through rewards and punishment.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

SOCIAL FACTORS ? School has a major role to play in the

development of values. Through disciplines in school a child learn

desirable behavior important in the school setting, interaction with teacher,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


class mate and the other staff member in the educational institution make

the child inoculate values important to the teaching learning process.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

PERSONAL FACTORS ? Personal attributes such as intelligence,

ability, appearance and educational level of the person determines the

development of values for example one`s higher levels of intelligence may

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


result in faster understanding of values.

3.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

PSYCHO DOMAINS- this domains attempt to classify the coordination

aspects that are associated with movement and to integrate the cognitive


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

and affective consequences with bodily performance. The psycho

domains can be classified in to following 3 movements:-

Generic movement

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Ordinative movement

Creative movement

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GENERICE MOVEMENT - The movement are process, which

facilitate the development of charactories and affective pattern. These are

exploratory operation in which the learner receives are takes in awareness

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


of the movement and body movements as well as patterning the

experienced and demonstrated.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

ORDINATIVE MOVEMENT ? Learner are able to organize and process

skillful movement. They are able to adopt and refine skillful movement in

order to be able to solve task or performance required.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


CREATIVE MOVEMENT ? This is the highest level of the psycho

domain. In this form student are able to create or invent movements that

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

will serve the individual (personal) purpose of the learner.



LESSON-2

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Methods of Learning:

The main focus of teaching is to facilitate learning. Where there is teaching

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

learning must be there. Teaching activities are designed to produce change in the

behavior of the learners. Therefore a new concepts of teaching-learning has

emerged out in the field of education. The concept of teaching is incomplete

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


without learning.

William H. Hurton (1958) has made an attempt to investigate the relationship

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

between teaching and learning and he gives the following reasons:



1. Teaching can be made effective by relating it to learning.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


2. Teaching objectives can be identified in behavioural terms and appropriate

learning situations may be created to realize these objectives.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

3. The appropriate teaching conditions or structures may be generated for

effective learning.

4. The effective teaching aids may be selected for creating learning situations.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


5. The teaching strategies and tactics may be selected to achieve the optimal

objects of learning.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

6. The concept of relationship of teaching and learning will be an aid to

understand the nature of teaching and teaching theories may be evolved.

7. The knowledge of the relationship will be helpful for teacher-educator to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


produce effective teachers.

In the present environment methods of learning are as follow:-

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

1) Autocratic Style

It involves the following Strategies:

a) Lecture

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


b) Lesson Demonstration

c) Tutorial

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

d) Programmed Instructions

2) Permissive Style

It involves the following Strategies:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


a) Question Answer

b) Heuristic

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

c) Discovery


d) Group Discussion

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) Role Playing

f) Brain Storming

g) Independent Study

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Autocratic Style Strategies

1) Lecture Style-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

It is his oldest teaching method given by idealism philosophy lecture can be

used to realize the highest order to cognitive objective

Employees following Principles:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


a) The content is pretend as whole.

b) The main stress is on presentation.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

c) The students learn better through listening.

d) The subject content is correlated with other subjects.

e) The new knowledge is linked with student previous knowledge.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2.) Lessons Demonstration:

Traditional class room method which his used in technical schools and raining

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Colleges. As a technique its is less autocratic than a lecture but considerably

permissive than a discussion. It is used foe achieving the psychomotor and

Cognitive Objectives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Employees following Principles:

a) The skill may be developed by imitation.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

b) The perception helps in imitation.

3) Tutorial:

Considered as both autocratic and permissive type of learning. A lecture

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


strategy is followed by tutorials because individuals difficulties can not


solved in lecture. Tutorials are highly individualized type of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


learning/teaching.

Employees following Principles:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

a) It considers the individual differences.

b) It establishing the rapport with learner.

c) It provides educational guidance.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


d) It organizes remedial help to the learner.

Types of Tutorials

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

a) Supervision Tutorials: In this type of tutorials students and

teachers meaning are arranged regularly. It stress on the mastery

over the basic skills of scholarship.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


b) Group Tutorials: The teacher should have the background of social

psychology and group dynamics so that he can deal with group

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

tutorials effectively in solving their problems.

c) Practical Tutorials : These tutorials are commonly used for both

and individual basis to achieve psychomotor skills in laboratory,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


workshop,

2)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Programmed Instructions:

It is the new strategies of teaching. It has revolution the process of teaching and

Learning. It is also known as Individualized Instructions. The responsive of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


the learned are controlled by the Programmer. The learner does not get freedom

to respond, but it provides an Opportunity to each learner to pace according to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

his own capacity and ability.

Employees the following Fundamental Principles:

a) Principle of small steps

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


b) Principle of active responding.


c) Principle of immediate confirmation.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


d) Principle of self-pacing.

e) Principle of student`s testing.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Permissive Style Strategies:

1) Question Answer:

It is developed by famous philosopher Socrates. He assumes that all

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


knowledge with in the learner and teacher has to unfold it. he further

assumed that teacher should present the Subject-Matter in such a way

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

that learner recognizes the truth and he can identify himself with it. He

has top identify the three phases of learning process. Observation,

experience and testing.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Employees following Principles:

a) Theory of enfoldment: All knowledge with in the learner, teacher can not

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

teach any new knowledge to students

b) The knowledge can be emitted by linking the question wit his answers

2) Heuristic:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Heuristic means Discovered /Investigate. It is based on The assumption

that the learner should be told as little as possible and He should be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

encouraged to learn himself as much as possible.

3) Discovery:

This strategy is developed by J.S.Burner. The Discovery and Heuristic are

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


used fro the same meaning but they are quite Different form one another.

The discovery strategies is used for teaching social subjects where as

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Heuristic strategies is

used for teaching science subjects. There is scope

for direct observations in the Heuristic, but Discovery provides the factual

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


information about the past events.


Employees follows the following principles of learning:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


a) The learner remains active

b) The students learn with understanding and insight.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

c) The organization of motives and values with in the individual

relevant.

d) The principles of assimilation as description are followed.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


e) There is scope for divergent thinking, which leaves to inventive

solution of the problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4.) Group Discussion

There is no comprehensive definition of group discussion, but it

is considered as a democratic teaching strategies.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


It is of two types:

a) By the teacher:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

This type of discussion is more autocratic in style.

b) By the students:

In this situation, discussion is more permissive or democratic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


in style

Employees following Principles

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

a) Principle of active participation.

b) Principle of freedom of work

c) Principle of group work and equal opportunity to ask question and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


to answer them.

5) Role Playing:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

It is also known as stimulated social skills training or teaching. It is most useful

for training institution to develop social skills. It is a better strategy than lesson

demonstration, because it provides as situation to the learner to perform the task.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


6) Brain Storming:

It is based on assumption that a student can learn better in group rather than in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

individual study. This strategy consists of a problem-solving situation in which

learners are assigning to a problem and they are asked to discuss any idea, which

come to their mind. The group is encouraged to provide even unusual

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


suggestions. They have to analyze and evaluate the workability of their own

suggestions of the problem.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

7. Independent Study:

Independent study helps in developing student`s initiative, responsibility and

understanding for what they study. Its also known as Project Work. This study

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


more useful for a training program.

IMPORTANCE OF TEACHING TECHNIQUES INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Teaching as conventionally understood by a traditional teacher is the ct of

disseminating information to the learner in the classroom. It is generally,

equated with telling. If we observe traditional classroom teaching we find that

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


either the teacher is delivering information or one of the students are silently

following him in their own textbooks. This probably is the concept of teaching

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

held by traditional teacher.

Teaching may consist of a description of those acts, teachers demonstrate that

reflect their commitments to a particular philosophy to education. We can

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


explain it from different angles.

Some explanations are as followed:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

a) Teaching is communication between two or more persons who

influence each other by their ideas and learn something in the process

of interaction.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


b) Teaching is to fill in the mind of the learner by information land

knowledge of facts for future use.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1) Teaching is a process in which learner, teacher, curriculum and other

variables are organized in a systematic way to attain some pre-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

determined goal.

2) Teaching is to cause motivation to, learn.

According to Smith- Teaching is a system of actions to induce learning.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Teaching Techniques (for Higher Learning)

1) Conference Technique

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

2) Seminar Technique

3) Symposium Technique

4) Workshop Technique

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


5) Panel Discussion

Conference Technique

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The conferences are organized to study the specific problems of nations, society,

religion, science and education. The objective of the conferences is usually

broad to develop cognitive and affective aspects. The objectives are determined

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


by the organization. For example: Teacher Education Association and all India

Educational Technology Association. The purposes of these organizations are

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

different.

Seminar Technique

A seminar as an Instructional Technique involves generating a situation for

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


group to have guided interaction among themselves on a theme, which is

generally presented to the group by one or members. The person who presents

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the theme should have studied the theme thoroughly before hand. This would

mean selection of relevant material at its organization. The collected material is

put in the form of paper, which is circulated among the participants in advance

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


or before the paper reading. It provides the structure of the theme, to facilitate its

communication.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Thus, seminar is an instructional technique of higher learning which involves

paper reading on a theme and followed by group discussion to clarify the

complex aspects of the theme.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Symposium Technique

The word Symposium has several dictionary meanings. Firstly Plato has used

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the term for good dialogue to present the views towards God. Another

meaning of the term is the intellectual recreation or enjoyment.

The recent meaning of the term is meeting of persons to discuss a problem or

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


theme. The symposium technique /forum serves as an excellent device for

informing an audience, crystallizing opinion and general preparing the listeners

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

for arriving at decision, policies, value, judgment or understanding.

The main purpose of the Symposium is to provide the understanding to the

students or listeners on theme or problem specifically to develop certain values

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


and feelings.

Workshop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Workshop is defined as assembled group of ten to twenty five persons who

share a common interest or problem. They meet together to improve their

individual and skill of a subject through intensive study, research, practice and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


discussion.

Panel Discussion

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

This technique first time was used by Herry A Ober in 1929.He organized a

discussion from small group to definite period for the audience. At the end of

the discussion audience had also participated. The important question was put by

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


the audience on the topic. The experts tried and answered the questions and

certain points are clarified, which were not included in the discussion. Several

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

other persons had used this technique. Generally this type of panel discussion is

organized on television and radio.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Importance of Teaching

1) It Includes the provision of desirable information:

The human knowledge is going on increasing since the rise of civilization.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


He has learnt all this by trail and error, insight and imitation. We should

provide desired information`s to the student in well organized from

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

regarding this store of knowledge, it saves time, also the pupils will not face

any difficulty in achieving knowledge.

2) Causes to Learn:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


A goods teaching is not merely to impart information`s to the students, but it

is also arouse the will of self-learning in them. The teacher should explore

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the interest, aptitudes, capacities, competencies, and need of the pupils and

guide them accordingly. From this point of view, the teaching should be so

much natural and interesting that the pupils get motivated for self-learning.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The good teaching is to provides assistance them for establishing the contact

with different subjects of curriculum and environment themselves.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Needs efficient Planning:

The pupils cannot be taught everything all the time. Various stages are

meant for achieving the different aspects of knowledge. Also pupils have

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


different interests, attitudes competencies and needs on the basis of

individual differences. So there must be some useful planning of teaching in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

view of the above things.

Selective Idea

The human being is struggling continuously since he came on this earth. As a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


result of his struggle, his knowledge-store is going on enriching day-by-day.

Such a explosion in knowledge cannot be learnt in such a short time span

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

therefore, through teaching, the people should be told some selected and useful


things. In other words, disseminating selected knowledge is called good

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

teaching.

Provide opportunities for activities:

The pupil remains active by nature. This activeness is based upon his basic

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


instincts. Hence, each people perform desirable and undesirable activities under

the influence of his instincts. The teacher should study the pupil`s basics instinct

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

and direct these activities for purposefulness and useful directions.

Sympathetic Program

Psychology has proved that when the pupils gets involved in the emotional

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


disturbance while struggling mentally, his all mental powers cease to function

smoothly. From this point of view, successful teaching essentially requires

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

emotional stability and security.

Cooperative Approach

Teaching does not mean forceful imposition of knowledge in the pupil`s brain.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The teaching and learning process is an alive active process. Hence, the

desirable results can only be achieved when teaching is based on cooperation of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the teachers and the pupils.

Organization of Learning:

Marshall has written that the organization of learning means the unification of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


all the component of teaching. Hence, the activities of teacher and pupils should

be unified. It is essential to include all task teaching methods and conditions in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

these activities. In short good teaching is organization of learning.

Democratic environment

Modern ages are the age of democracy. Theses days, the real education is

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


considered to be that education which prepares the pupils for life by life. In the

light of this, we should` prepare the pupils for democracy democratically. But to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

achieve this objective, the teaching should be based on democratic ideals,


objectives, curriculum, and teaching methods. In short good teaching should be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

democratic.

LESSON-3

INSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Introduction

The term technology implies the application of science to art. When we apply

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the science of learning and communication to teaching we evolve a technology.

The interaction of physical sciences with education provides us with traditional

aids, tools, hardware such as paper ink books, radios, films, televisions and more

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


sophisticated modern hardware like computers, space satellites language

laboratories etc. Stoluraw (1963) argues that there are three major factors that

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

emphasize the linking of Instructional with technology:

The exploration world population.

The exponential rate at which new knowledge is being granted.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The changing science and technology of our current society.

MEANING OF INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

J.K. Galbirath has given two main characteristics of every technology, these

are:-

Systematic application of scientific knowledge to the practical task, and the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


division of practical task into sections and subsections.

Any subject who meets with these two norms of the characteristics is called

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Instructional Technology.

Instructional Technology, today is widely accepted as the application of systems

approach in the systematic design of learning system, and as a method or

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


approach combined with the appropriate and necessary media and material to

bring about improvement in teaching learning ?evaluation process.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Technology should not be confused with teaching or instruction or education or

learning or engineering but it should be taken as a sum total of all such aspects,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

which go long way in shaping the personality of the learner in a meaningful

context. It is an aggressive invention in education which has a promising future

in the of all those who are constantly engaged in the pursuit of knowledge

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


otherwise it will remain an Orwell Ian nightmare.

Definitions of Instructional Technology:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Robert A.Cox defines as -Instructional Technology is the application of

scientific process to man`s learning conditions.

E.E.Haden defines as ? Instructional Technology is that branch of educational

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


theory and practice concerned primarily with design and use of massages which

control the learning process.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Objectives of Instructional Technology

a) To determine the goals and formulate the objectives in the behavioral terms.

b) To analyze the characteristics of learner.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


c) To organize the content in logical or psychological sequence.

d) To media between content and resources of presentation.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

e) To evaluate the learners` performance in term of achieving educational

objectives.

f) To provide the feedback among other component for the modification of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


learners.

KINDS OF INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Instructional Technology can be divided into following three components:-

Behavioral Technology

Instructional Technology

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Teaching Technology


Behavioral Technology

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Behavioral Technology is an important component of educational technology. It

puts emphasis on the use of psychological principles in learning and teaching so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

that the behavior of the teacher and pupils may be modified in accordance with

teaching objectives. Behavioral Technology intends to expand progress and

develop in the field of behavior and learning.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The contents of Behavioral Technology for bringing about the changes in the

behavior of teacher are the following:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Meaning and definition of the teacher-behavior.

Principles of teacher-behavior.

Observation method of teacher-behavior.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Analysis and Nature of teacher-behavior.

Evaluation and Norms of teacher-behavior.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Models of teacher-behavior.

Various techniques of developing teacher behavior such as:

Programmed Instructions,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


T-Group training,

Inter action Analysis Techniques,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Simulated Social Skill Teaching,

Assumptions of Behavioral Technology

1. Teacher`s behavior is social and psychological.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Teacher`s behavior is observable.

3. Teacher`s behavior is measurable.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Teacher`s behavior is modifiable.

5. Teachers are not in born only they can be produced even.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Characteristics of Behavioral Technology

1. Its basic function is psychology.

2. Reinforcement and feedback are emphasized in it.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


3. The teaching acts are evaluated from objective point of view.

4. It is more focused on psychomotor objectives.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

5. It is based upon software approach.

6. It is more used in teacher`s training institutions.

7. Its attention can be focused upon individual differences of pupil-teachers.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY

In instructional technology, the presentation of the contents is described in or

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

out of the class. The pupils are motivated for learning in both, instruction and

teaching but still there is much difference between these two. Instructions mean

communication of information. Other persons and methods than teacher can do

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


this. For example different type of audio-visuals aids can guide the students. The

correspondence course and Open University may accomplish the task of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

instructions successfully through press and television. Actually instructional

technology is based upon Hardware Approach. It includes teaching material

prepared on the basis of machine like tap recorder, record player, televisions and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


projector etc. With the help of this, large groups of students may be provided

with the knowledge in minimum time and expenses.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Thus, the instructional technology motivates learning process. The instructional

material is selected keeping in view the objectives. Simultaneously, various

methods, techniques, strategies and audio-visual aids are used for presenting the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


lesson so that the objectives may be achieved in the end, the achievement of the

objective is evaluated if the objective is not achieved owing to any reason, then

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

again the decision regarding any proposed change is taken so that the desired

change in the pupils` behavior may be brought about.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Assumptions of Instructional Technology

1. A pupils can learn according to his need and capacities.

2. A pupils can learn even in the absence of the teacher.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


3. Reinforcement can be provided by using instruction continuously.

4. Learning objective can be achieved through instructional objectives.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

5. The subject matter can be pan be divided into its various elements or

sections and each Section can be taught this independently through this

technology.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Characteristics of Instructional Technology

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is helpful in achieving cognitive objectives.

2. It can meet the shortage of effective teachers.

3. With its help, the pupils can learn according needs and speed.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


4. it can control the individual differences.

5. Conditioned Response Theory of Learning is also used.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

6. Analysis of content in depth is carried out in this technology, which

encourages optimism regarding the impressive regarding the impressive

presentation of the contents.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Teaching Technology

Teaching is an art. Teaching Technology makes this art easier, precise,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Practical and objective by using scientific principles. Teaching has two

elements:

(i)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Content, and

(ii)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Classroom behavior or communication.

Teaching technology, include both contents and communication. Hence,

teaching technology includes both instructional technology and behavioral

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


technology. But neither does it add in itself only the, major aspects; i.e., neither

programmed instruction nor its studies only some contents like various

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

principles of teaching behavior, techniques of behavior developments and

classroom behavior models in behavior technology. Even the observation of

Classroom behavior, analysis, interpretation and evaluation considered the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


content of teaching technology.

The learning system helps the teacher in making correct decision as well as

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

develops responsible professionalism. It makes necessary changes in the concept

of teaching, training of teacher, strategies and the tactics of teaching, functions

of the teacher as a manager etc.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Functions of a teacher in learning process

The functions of the teacher as a manager into the following four steps:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Planning

2. Organization

3. Leading

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


4. Controlling

Planning:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

In this phase, the teacher analyses the content, determines, and defines the

learning objectives and writes these objectives in clear terms.

He performs three activities in this phase-

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


(i)

Task analysis

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

(ii)

Identification of teaching objectives

(iii)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Writing learning objectives

In the words of I.K.Davies, In teaching, planning is the works, a teacher does

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to establish learning objectives.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Organization:



In this phase, teacher creates an effective environment by selecting teaching

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


methods, strategies, tactics and essential aids. Acquiring proper experience

pupils gain learning objectives while living in such an environment.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Leading:

In this phase, the teacher motivates pupils so much at each and every step they

start showing interest in teaching and the learning objectives are achieved. In

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


this connection, I.K.Davis has written, leading is the work a teacher does to

motivate,-encourage and inspire these students, so that they will readily achieve

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the learning objectives.

Controlling:

In this phase pre-determined and defined objectives of learning remain the same.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


No change is brought about in these objectives. But the teacher observes the

context to which the organization and leading activities have achieved the pre-

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

determined objectives. To accomplish this great task, the teacher seeks the help

of various techniques of evaluation and measurement. He concludes that the

learning objectives have not been achieved, then he should bring necessary

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


changes in the activities of organization and leading phases.

Forms of Instructional Technology

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Instructional Technology has the following three forms:

1) Instructional Technology-1 or Hardware Approach.

2) Instructional Technology-2 or Software Approach.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


3) Instructional Technology-3 or System Analysis.


Instructional Technology-1 or Hardware Approach:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Hardware Approach is the application of physical science in education and

teaching in education with which the teaching process is being mechanized

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

gradually so that maximum pupils may be educated in minimum time at very

low cost. Instructional Technology includes cinema, gramophone, radio, tape

recorder, projector, computers etc all teaching machines the use of which makes

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


the teaching more and more effective in order to achieve the teaching objectives.

Instructional Technology-2 or Software Approach:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Software approach is also named as Instructional Technology or Teaching

Technology of engineering of Behavioral Technology not allowed the use of

engineering machines. Psychological principles of teaching and learning are

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


utilized so that desirable changes may be brought about in the behaviors of

pupils. If the machines are used this is done only to make the subject matter

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

effective. Hence the Educational Technology -2 is concerned with teaching

objectives in behavioral terms, principles of teaching, methods of teaching,

method of teaching and techniques, reinforcement of instructional system,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


feedback devices and evaluation. It is tried to develop all three aspects i.e.,

input, process and output.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Instructional Technology-3 or System Analysis:

System Analysis is also known as Management Technology has provided a

scientific basis to the decision-making regarding the problems associated with

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


administration, management, commerce, industry and army. Instructional

Technology-3 helps to study the problems of educational administration and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

management in a scientific and conclusive way. Instructional Technology-3

helps in developments of educational administration and formulation of

instructional out line. Educational Administration and Management can be made

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


more effective and less costly by using in educational system.


LESSON _ 4

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Instructor Behavior

CONCEPT

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The term instructor /teacher behavior defined as the behavior or activities of

persons as they go about doing whatever is required of teachers, particularly

those activities which are concerned with the guidance or direction of the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


learning of others.

Theory of Instructor ? Behavior is based on two postulates:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

1) Teacher ?Behaviors is a social behavior.

2) Teacher ?behaviors is relative concept.

Assumptions of Teacher Behavior:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


1) Teacher ? behavior is a function of situational factors, other elements

and teacher personal characteristics.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

2) Teacher Behavior is observable.

This assumption based on three postulates:

a) Teacher Behavior is distinguishable.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


b) Teacher behavior is quantifiable.(classifiable, quantitatively,

qualitatively.)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

c) Teacher behavior revealed through overdoes behavior.

Types of Teacher Behavior:

1) Verbal Behavior

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


2) Non-Verbal Behavior

Verbal Behavior

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Most of the classroom interaction between teacher and taught is generated by

verbal communication. The activities of mouth are the parts of verbal


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

behaviour.the verbal behavior includes lecturing, defining, explaining,

clarifying, encouraging, praising and accepting feeling and ideas of the student.

The verbal behavior of teacher concerns with cognitive and effective aspects.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Non ? Verbal Behavior

A teacher uses some bodily actions, facial expressions that encourage or restrict

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the pupil ? participation in class - room teaching. its known as non-verbal

behavior of teacher. The non ? verbal behavior is more effective than verbal

behavior.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Taxonomy of Teacher Behavior

Under this teaching the student ? teacher simulated a particular activity or role

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

and they try to develop an identity with the actual classroom situations. The

whole simulated teaching programme becomes training in role perception and

role-playing. The handling behavioral problems and classroom are better

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


mastered through simulated teaching sessions.

Teacher Behavior includes four major dimensions:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1) A source dimension.

2) A direction dimension

3) A function direction.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


4) A sign direction.

1) A source dimension ? of teaching provide interaction of the relationship

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

of student and teacher at a basic level. Teaching is the interaction

between projector entity called teacher and receptor entities within a

classroom situation.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


2) A direction dimension ? The identification and classification of the

nature of receptor entities provide the direction dimension of teaching.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

3) A function direction ? The teacher has to perform certain tasks. These

tasks should be dealt with beliefs, attitudes, skills and processes of


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

instruction. The second task is to establish and maintain interpersonal

relationship among students in classroom. The third task is to facilitate

the learning process. These there tasks constitute the function dimension

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


of teaching.

4) A sign dimension - In order to observe behavior it should be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

communicated in some way. The communication may require more than

one mode of expression in fulfilling a given function. The modes of

behavior make the sign dimension.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


LESSON -5

ATTENTION

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

VERSUS

INVOLVEMENT

ATTENTION

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


/

CONCENTRATION

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Attention is part of focus, concentration, a component of intelligence attention,

focus of attention can only last a few seconds (some tests suggested up to 90 but

30 seconds is regarded as maximum for focusing attention) ? attention is the act

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


or process of focusing on one or more particulars in the content of one`s

consciousness to give special clearance to essentials by restricting one`s sensory

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

input from the environment`s unwanted aspects ? attention is never entire. It

digresses but can be re-focused at will.

Requisites for attention:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Try to anticipate the main ideas of the coming lecture:

Look over your notes of the previous lecture and read the course

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

material.

If you have questions about material from the previous class or text, ask

the instructor before class about them Prepare a few questions you

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


expect to be answered on new material if possible.


Resist distractions by sitting in front of the room away from disruptive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


classmates and by focusing on the instructor through active listening and

note taking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Put yourself in the "mood" with attentive expression and posture; do not

sprawl

Shift position in your seat every so often Don't sit frozen in one position

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Shifting on occasion will help keep the blood circulating, send more

oxygen to your brain, and help you remain alert.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



When appropriate: ask a question, ask for more clarity,

or engage an instructor and the class in dialogue.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Train yourself not to give in to distractions you can learn that. When

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

someone enters the room, or when a door slams, do not allow

yourself to participate. Rather, keep your concentration on what's in

front of you. Form a tunnel, between you and the lecturer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Practice letting people move or cough without having to look at them

- just let them "be out there" as you focus on what is being taught.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

When talking with someone, keep your attention on that person, look

at his face, and note what is being said. Let the rest of the world just

be "out there."

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Use the "Be here now" technique to help you regain concentration

when you do become distracted momentarily.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Three Levels of Attention / Concentration

Light Concentration: Occurs when you first sit down. This level continues for

about the first 5 minutes.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



You are just getting settled into your reading, listening, or studying. You are

easily distracted.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Moderate Concentration: Occurs during the next 5 minutes or so.

This is when you begin to pay attention. You are not as easily distracted,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

although you may lose your Concentration if someone talks directly to you.

Deep Concentration: You aren`t thinking about anything except what you are

hearing or reading.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


You may not notice if someone comes into the room or the ticking of the clock.

You typically are not easily distracted by external or internal stimuli. You are

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

working most effectively.

The Ideal Atmosphere for Attention & Concentration

The noise level should be appropriate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The table and chair are in comfortable size.

The work surface and surrounding walls are uncluttered.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Two or more sources of lighting are present.

Necessary supplies are readily available.

Setting the Mental Stage

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Use Relaxation techniques to calm your mind.

Arrange your goals and priorities for the study block.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Visualize yourself capable of full concentration.

Remember the Emotional E-words related to success: effort, enthusiasm,

energy and eagerness.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Use positive Self-talk to set a positive attitude.


Identifying External and Internal Distracters

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Make a to do list before you start studying or as the responsibilities pop

up in your mind while you are studying. Deal with these things only after

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

you are done studying.

Visualize a mental storage box. Identify all your concerns, worries, or

emotions; and then visualize putting them into this box. Then, visualize

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


putting this box out of sight in a safe place.

Place a big red bow outside your door when you are studying as a sign to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

others that you are not to be disturbed and you need them to be quiet.

Don`t fight the conditions around you (e.g., noisy people, room

temperature): take charge. Move to a different location; unplug the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


phone, clean off your desk of unnecessary clutter, etc.

If you hear things around you, tell yourself there`s no need to know what

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

is going on right now. When you hear something, just tell yourself, "No

need," and get back to the task at hand.

Keep a scorecard. Every time you notice yourself being distracted, give

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


yourself a checkmark. With every study session, your goal is to have

fewer checkmarks than during your last study session.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

If you are distracted by the amount of material you have to study, chunk

the information into smaller, manageable units.

Be aware of physical issues/problems. If you are hungry, eat something.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


A diet higher in protein will often improve concentration. Substances

such as prescription and nonprescription medications, alcohol, illegal

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

drugs, and caffeine can lower your ability to concentrate and shorten

your attention span. Get a check-up; problems with concentration can be

compounded if you aren`t feeling well or if you are struggling with

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


chronic pain.


Be an active learner:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2. Take notes as you study (have a pen in your hand)

3. Talk out loud to yourself as you study.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

4. Experiment with different study techniques to find what works best for

you.

5. Walk around as you read or recite.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Active Listening Strategies during Lectures

Eliminate Distractions so that you can concentrate effectively. Use the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

"take charge" approach described above.

Pay Attention to the development of ideas. Think about where the

lecturer started, how the ideas are connected, and where s/he might go

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


next.

Stay Tuned in even when information is difficult, unfamiliar, or

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

uninteresting.

Monitor your Emotions. Use the "no need" technique described above.

Create an Interest in the topic being discussed.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Ask questions at the appropriate times; e.g., at the end of a section or

lecture. Write down your questions as you think of them so you can refer

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

back to them later.

Be Nonjudgmental about the speaker's appearance.

INVOLVEMENT

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


There is more passive kind of student involvement. In which there are a number

of activities that involves students in the class in a substantial and active way.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

We can make the involvement as a teaching strategy on the following grounds.


AREA OF INVOLVEMENT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Small group discussions

Case Studies

Role playing or Skill practice

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Simulations or structured exercises

In-Class writing

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Cooperative Learning

Debates

Drama

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


SMALL GROUP DISCUSSION:

One excellent tool to build student involvement in a class to have them discusses

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

a topic or question with a partner or a few other students. The teacher can then

ask small groups to report their finding to the class.

We always monitor the group carefully to make sure they must spend time on

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


their tasks. Walk around the room and ask each group about their progress.

CASE STUDIES:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

This method often used in psychology, and education curses relies on

describing, in some details, real-life situation. Student must consider the context

of the problem in order to make decision on how to solve it.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


We should tell the student that you do not have single right answer in mind,

although there are better or worse answer to the dilemma. Remind them that

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

good answer will acknowledge all the complexities of the case, including the

values and emotions of those involved as well as the consequences of different

solutions.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



ROLE PLAYING OR SKILL PRACTICE:

When student need to learn a skill, have the a practice, have them practice it

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


through role playing, either in front of the class or in small group.

You should be model for your student how to role-play. Let them see you

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

participate in one of the groups, but remind them you don`t have right or

wrong scenario in the mind. To ensure that all students participate during role-

playing, have students who are not performing. Don`t Critique the performance

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


of those, who are not performing as well, Tell them to state their criteria for

evolution.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

SIMULATIONS OR STRUCTURED EXERCISES:

Specially designed game, helps students understands particular theoretical

concepts.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


We make sure that we carefully think through the mechanics of games you

chose. Consider how long the exercise will last, what problem might arise how

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

we ensure that student is participating, etc. Practice the game with friends or

colleagues to work out the kinks before you use it in your classroom.

IN-CLASS WRITING:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Most higher learning institution now encourages writing in all disciplines.

Writing during class is important because it can challenge students to use

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

higher-order thinking skills such as analysis, synthesis, and evolution. Some

possible in-class writing assignment includes brainstorming, journal writing,

summarizing the main points of discussion, responding to a particular issue and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


writing mock essay exam answers.

COOPERATIVE LEARNING:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

In cooperative learning activity, this can span from any where from one class

period to an entire semester, student work in small group to solve a clearly

defined task. Each student in-group performs a clearly specified role, which is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



essential for completing the entire project. When project are presented to their

classmates student will realize the value of pooling individual talents for the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


benefits of entire groups. Since jobs must require employees to work together to

complete task, the skills students use during cooperative learning activities in an

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

academic setting transfer to real-life situations.

When we assign cooperative learning task, be sure to give both oral and written

direction and to reiterate them frequently. In addition, check on the students

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


`progress as often as possible. We either may allow students to elect the group

leaders, recorders, researchers, etc. or we may determine their roles for them,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

depending upon how much autonomy we wish to allow them .if group members

do not seem to be communicating effectively, we may wish to suggest possible

role changes.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


DEBATES:

Depending upon such factors such as class size, student maturity level, available

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

time, and subject matter, teacher might use either formal debates where students

presents opposing sides and rebuttals or informal or conversational debates,

where student can interrupt with questions. Debates can be useful in helping

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


students recognize and overcome the basis they bring to certain topics and in

affording them opportunities to hone public speaking skills. In large class rooms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

teachers can require students to prepare portion of the debate for homework and

form larger debates team.

To guarantee all that all students participate, you can require students in the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


audience to critique debates and to vote both before and after them. If your

student will be debating controversial issues that may spark emotional relations,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

discuss appropriate classroom behavior well before the debate begins. Remind

your student to challenge ideas, rather than the personal integrity or character

of their peers.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



DRAMA:

Teacher can utilize plays to communicate much of the information that lectures

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


typically cove. Groups of students might enjoy performing pay scripts their

teacher have written for them or writing their own scripts. Most likely, student

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

will more opt to remember concepts that re coupled wit visual and auditory

images than word delivered solely by their teacher.

Asking the student to write and perform to play that teaches a certain concepts

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


allow them to see how challenging teaching can be. Be sure to have the students

evaluate their own and other`s performances. Discuss why certain section of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

play was more effective than others and create an environment of learning,

peace and prosperity.

REVIEWING QUESTIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1.What do you mean by the term learning? Explain its components and

characteristics features.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

2.define the term Domains of learning? Please explain the different types of

domains of learning.

3.What is the objective of learning methods? Explain different style of learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


methods.

4.What is the importance of teaching techniques? How you will plan effective

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

teaching techniques.

5.Please define instruction technology. Please explain objective and different

kinds of instruction technology.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


6.Please explain the function a teacher in learning process. What is the different

approaches of instruction technology.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

7.Write shorts notes on

- Objective of teacher behavior


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

- Taxonomy of teacher behavior

-

Benefits of teacher behavior.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


8 What are the different techniques of effective involvement?

9.How you will create an environment of attentation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Please explain different level of attentation process and how you will create

listening strategies during lecture session?


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Unit-II

LESSON-1

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

NEED FOR TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT

INTRODUCTION-

In modern times, business environments are fast changing. Fast changing

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


technology and radical economic reforms have led to the emergence of new

opportunities and threats for business organisation and their employees. The

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

survival and success of business organisation depends upon its level of

preparation to deal with emerging scenario. By constantly training and

development its workforce from shop floor operations to senior managers so as

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


to upgrade the knowledge and skills .By enhancing employees skills and

knowledge level, a company also develops loyalty updating and commitment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

among them. To gain these returns, companies must be prepared to invest

heavily in training.

In this present competitive and globalize economic environments, Successful

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


candidates placed on the jobs need training to perform their duties effectively.

Workers must be trained to operate machines, reduce scrap and avoid accidents.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

It is not only the workers who need training, supervisors managers and

executives also need to be developed in order to enable them to grow and


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

acquire maturity of thought and action. Training and development constitute an

ongoing process in any organisation.

In simple term training and development refer to the imparting of specific skills,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


abilities and knowledge to an employees. It is an attempt to improve current and

future employees performance by increasing an employee`s ability to perform

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

through learning. Usually by changing the employees attitude or increasing the

skills and knowledge. The need for training and development is determined by

the employee`s performance deficiency.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


PRINCIPLES OF LEARNING-

Training by trail and error results in wastage of time, efforts and resources.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Since training is a form of education some of the principles that emerge from

learning theory can be logically applied to training. Learning is the human

process by which Skills, knowledge, habits and attitudes are acquired and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


utilised in such a way that behavior is modified.

The following Principles of learning should be satisfied by a good training

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

program:-

1. Practice- Employees learn more fast when theory and practice go hand in

hand. Employees under training should be given an opportunity to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


participate in actual work performance.

2. Active Process- the individual learn better when more of his senses are

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

utilised in the efforts and he become more involved in the process of

learning.

3. Guidance- Learning is more efficient if it is not by trail and error but by

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


guiendence from expert. Guidance can speed the learning process and

provide feedback as well.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Trainee Readiness- People who are not ready to learn will not learn.

Consequently an effective training program must comprise individuals


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

who are ready to learn the skill at hand. Determining trainee readiness

involves examining certain important issues.

5. Motivation- Trainee must be motivated to improve his skills or

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


knowledge by increased compensation, promotion, Recognition etc.

6. Relevance- Most trainees quickly develop perception about whether

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training is relevant. If trainee perceives that the instruction will actually

help them on the job, they are much more likely to be receptive to the

training. If they do not perceive they are more likely to demonstrate

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


active or passive resistance in the training.

7. Reinforcement-Reinforcement is another critical principles of learning. It

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

involves the process of providing financial rewards or non-financial

incentives such as praise or recognition. Reinforcement can often

encourage trainees to become more interested and involved in the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


training.

8. Standard of performance- standard of performance must be set for the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

learner. The standard provide goals and give a feeling of

accomplishment when the employees achieve them.

9. Feedback-In order to understand the potentialities and limits of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


improvement of an employees the progress of his training must be

received from time to time. Such feedback will be a valuable aid in

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

adjusting training to the needs of the individual workers.

Any training and development program must contain inputs, which enable the

participants to gain skills, learn theoretical concepts and help acquire vision to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


look into the distant future. The inputs in Training and developments are as

follows :-

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

SKILLS- A worker needs skills to operate machine and use other equipments

with least damage and scrape. This is a basic skill without which the employees


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

will not be able to function. Employees, particularly supervisors and executives

need interpersonal skills popularly known as the people skills. Interpersonal

skills are needed to understand one and others better, and act accordingly.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Interpersonal skills include Listing, persuading and showing an understanding of

others feelings.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

EDUCATION:- The purpose of education is to teach theoretical concepts and

develop a sense of reasoning and judgments. Any training and development

program must contain an elements of education is well understood by HR

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


specialist.

DEVELOPMENT:-Development is an another components of training and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

development which is less skill oriented but stresses on knowledge. Knowledge

about business environment, management principles and techniques, human

relation specific industry analysis is useful for better management of a company.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The managements of any organisation expects the following from its managers

when they are deputed to attend any training and development program:-

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

1. How do we make our managers self-starters? How do we imbibe them with

a sense of commitment and motivation so that they become self-generating?

2. How do we make them subordinate their parochial, functional loyalties to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


the interests of the organisation as a whole?

3. How do we make them result-oriented? How do we help them see and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

internalize the difference between activity and results, and between

efficiency and effectiveness?

4. How do we make them sensitive to the environment in which they function,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


both at the workplace and outside?

5. How do we make them aware of themselves- their potential and their

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

limitations? How do we help them see themselves as others see them and

accept this self-image as a prelude to change?


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. How do we teach them to communicate without filters, to see and feel points

of view different from their own?

7. How do we help them understand power and thereby develop leadership

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


styles which inspire and motivate others?

8. How do we instill a zest for excellence, a divine discontent, a nagging

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

dissatisfaction with the status quo?

Companies derive competitive advantage from training and development.

Training and development programme, as was pointed out earlier, help remove

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


performance deficiencies in employees. This is particularly true when-(i) the

deficiency is caused by a lack of ability rather than a lack of motivation to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

perform, (ii)the individual(s) involved have the aptitude and motivation need to

learn to do the job better, and (iii) supervisors and pe4ers are supportive of the

desired behaviors.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


There is greater stability, flexibility, and capacity for growth in an organisation.

Training contributes to employee stability in at least two ways. Employees

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

become efficient after undergoing training. Efficient employees contribute to

the growth of the organisation. Growth renders stability to the workforce.

Further, trained employees tend to stay with the organisation. They seldom

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


leave the company. Training makes the employees versatile in operations. All

rounder can be transferred to any job. Flexibility is therefore ensured. Growth

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

indicates prosperity, which is reflected in increased profits from year to year.

Who else but well-trained employees can contribute to the prosperity of an

enterprise?

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Accidents, scrap and damage to machinery and equipment can be avoided or

minimised through training. Even dissatisfaction, complaints, absenteeism, and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

turnover can be reduced if employees are trained well.


Future needs of employees will be met through training and development

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

programme. Organizations take fresh diploma holders or graduates as

apprentices or management trainees. They are absorbed after course

completion. Training serves as an effective source of recruitment. Training is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


an investment in HR with a promise of better returns in future.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LESSON-II

ROLE

OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEVLOPMENT

OFFICES-

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

ADMINISTRATORS,

CONSULTANT, DESIGENERS AND INSTRUCTORS.

In India the business environment is changing radically. The Companies are

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


increasingly becoming aware of the need and importance of training for the

employees working at different levels. Besides up gradations of employee`s

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge and skills training increases employee`s loyalty to the organisation.

If the company is serious about training to its workers it shows that it also cares

for them. Nothing binds the entire workforce to the company as effectively as

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


opportunity to be trained especially skills beyond their daily operations. A large

number of companies have their own in company training programs. A

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

prominent Companies running in company training program are Larsen and

Toubro.KRIBHCO, ONGC, VOLTAS, INDIAN OIL, GAIL Etc. In this present

Compititative environment the companies deputed various roles and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


responsibilities to its Administrative officers, Consultants, designers and

instructors to achieve the pre-determined objective and to survive in this present

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

globalize economy.

The role of administrative officers of any organisation in respect of

Training and Development for its employees is as follows.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Training Need Analysis.

Training & Development Budget

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Identification & preparation of Employees for proper training & development as

per training need analysis.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Development of proper system for training

Proper identification of trainer

Proper coordination of training activities.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The role of Consultant in any organisation in respect of Training and

Development for its employees is as follows.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The consultant shall provide all latest information regarding external / outside

training agencies for better conduct of training program on need basis.

The consultant shall give proper feedback regarding future training and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


development programs.

The consultant provide work environment in which customers use company`s

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

products.

The consultant should ensure that training should be of global best practices.

The role of Designers and instructors of any organisation in respect of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Training and Development for its employees is as follows.

Designing a learning environment for training in an organisation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Proper control of training and development program.



System Development

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Creating an environment of Development.

Designing the program agenda.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

To creating an environment of trust and learning.

Proper evaluation of training program.

Preparation of proper training guidelines.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


To making the program a grand success.

To analyzing the program as per, pre determined goal as well.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Responsibilities of maintain peace during training program.

To have the program under training budget.

Major challenges of HRM

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


The major challenges of HRM are:

Outsourcing HR activities

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

BPO and Call Centres

To balance work-life

To make HR activities ethical

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


To manage diversity

Attitude towards unions

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Globalisation

Organisational restructuring

Changing demographics of work-force

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Changed employee expectations

Outsourcing HR Activities

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Increasingly many large firms are getting their HR activities done by outside

suppliers and contractors. Employee hiring, training and development and

maintenance of statutory records are the usual functions contracted out to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


outsiders. P&G has signed a 10 year, $400 million deal with IBM to handle

employee services. IBM will support almost 98,000 of P&G employees in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nearly 80 countries with services such as payroll processing, benefits

administration, compensation, planning, expatriate and relocation services, and

travel and expense management.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


BPO AND CALL CENTRES

Business Process Outsourcing (BPO)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Several MNCs are increasingly unbundling or vertical deintegrating their

activities. Put in simple language, they have begun outsourcing (also called

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


business process outsourcing, or BPO) activities formerly performed in-house

and concentrating their energies on a few functions. Outsourcing involves

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

withdrawing from certain stages/activities and relying on outside vendors to

supply the needed products, support services, or functional activities.

Call Centres-Challenges

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


If an external company develops the software for a company, if someone else

does advertising for the company`s products and if some other firm administers

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

benefits for the company`s employees, it is BPO. Similarly, if some other

company makes calls to the company`s customers or receives their calls, it is

call centre business ? a part of BPO itself. But because of its high visibility, call

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


centre business is treated independently.

HOW TO BALANCE WORK WITH LIFE

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Balancing work and life assumes relevance when both husband and wife are

employed. Travails of a working housewife are more than a working husband,

as the opening case to this chapter shows. Work-life balance is becoming a

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


major challenge to HR manager as more women are taking up jobs to add to

finances of their families or to become careerists. In India, workingwomen now

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

account for 15 per cent of the total urban female population of 150 million. The

number is likely to increase as more number of girls is coming out of colleges

and universities with degrees in their hands.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


MAKING HR ACTIVITIES ETHICAL

The HR manager`s role in building an ethical climate in the organisation is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

significant. The HR manager needs to carefully screen applications for jobs,

weed out those who are prone to indulge in misdemeanors and hire those who

can build a value driven organisation.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





Hiring ethically strong employees is only the beginning. The HR manager

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


needs to institute; mechanisms to ensure ethical conduct of employees.

MANAGING DIVERSITY

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Employees of organizations are becoming increasingly heterogeneous. As days

go by, diversity is going to be an important issue for the HR manager for the

following reasons:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


The number of young workers in the work-force is increasing

More women rejoining the work-force.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The proportion of ethnic minorities in the total work-force is increasing

Work force mobility is increasing

International careers and expatriates are becoming common

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


International experience is becoming a pre-requisite for career progression to

many top-level managerial positions.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

GLOBALIZATION

How to face competition from MNCs is a worry for Indian firms. As

globalization spreads, more foreign firms are entering Indian market and the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


challenge before domestic firms is going to be much more severe in the years to

come. Many Indian firms are compelled to think globally, something which is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

difficult for managers who were accustomed to operate in vast sheltered markets

with minimal or no competition either from domestic or foreign firms. The

Internet is adding fuel to globalization and most large MNCs are setting up

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


green field projects in India or entering into joint ventures with local companies.

Corporate Reorganizations

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

It is difficult to imagine circumstances that pose a greater challenge for HRM

than reorganizations resulting from acquisitions, mergers, divestitures or take-


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

over threats. The reorganizations will have impact on organizational levels and

employees. Employees experience anxiety and uncertainty about their places in

a new organisation. The strength of unionized staff of Shaw Wallace, for

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


example, has risen considerably in 1995, thanks to the acquisition of 14

distilleries. Executive strength has also gone up by 20 per cent in one year. As

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

a trimming exercise, the company decided to retrench as many as 400

executives.

The employees of both the taking over` as well as the taken over` companies

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


will have anxious moments because of:

Fear of loss of jobs

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Job changes, including new roles and assignments

Transfers to new geographic locations

Changes in remuneration and benefits

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Changes in career possibilities

Changes in organizational power, status, and prestige

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Staff changes, including new peers, supervisors, and

Changes in corporate culture and loss of identity in the company.

CHANGING DEMOGRAPHICS OF WORKFORCE

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


The major challenge that has resulted from changing workforce demographics

concerns dual career couples, couples where both partners are actively pursuing

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

professional careers. Organizations have been accustomed to using job moves

and physical relocation as an important means of developing talent. Men or

women moving through organizational ranks to upper-level positions need

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


experience in a variety of roles in different organizational units. Frequently,

physical relocation is required. The increasing number of dual-career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

professionals limits individual flexibility in accepting such assignments and may

hinder organizational flexibility in acquiring and developing talent.

CHANGED EMPLOYEE EXPECTATIONS

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


With the changes in workforce demographics, employee expectations and

attitudes also have shifted. Traditional allurements such as job security,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

attractive remuneration, housing and the like do not attract and motivate today`s

workforce.

Employees demand empowerment and expect equality with the management.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Previous notions on managerial authority are giving way to employee influence

and involvement alongwith mechanisms for upward communication and due

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

process.

LOSS OF JOY AND PLEASURE

The HR manager of today is an unfortunate individual. He/she has been denied

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the joy and pleasure of hiring and managing thousands of employees under one

roof. Which HR manager of today claims to have experienced the real HR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

challenges of yester years? Which HR manager today has received bricks,

encountered menacing body language of irate workers, faced strikes, saw

lockouts, witnessed vehicles being burnt, executives being lynched, saw graffiti

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


on the walls in which his own name is dragged and maligned by militant union

leaders? The HR manager of today is a poor legacy of the one lived in the past.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

With regard to the HR function, the focus in the coming years would be on the

following lines:

HRM to become integral of business,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Empowerment of employees,

Focus on productivity through team building,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Dynamic/flatter/matrix organizational structures,

People-sensitive management styles and practices,

Management of the changing workforce skill/sex/turnover,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Managing the changing work diversification ? change of priorities,

Efficient use of information technology,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Strengthening organizational communication,

Greater focus on man-machine interface,

Institutionalizing employee involvement,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Sustaining individual effectiveness through performance feedback and

counselling.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



LESSON-III


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




DETERMINING TRAINING NEEDS

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

It is also called training needs analysis or training needs assessment. Needs

assessment problems and future challenges to be met through training and

development. Organisation spends vast sums of money on training and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


development. Before committing such huge resources, organisation would do

well to assess the training needs of their employees. Organisation that

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

implements training programs without conducting needs assessment may be

making errors.

Needs assessment occurs at two levels- Group and individual. An individual

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


needs training when his or her performance falls short of standards that are when

there is performance deficiency. Inadequacy in performance may be due to lack

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

of skills or knowledge or any other problems. The problem of performance

deficiency caused by absence of skills or knowledge can be remedied by

training.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Faulty selection, Poor job design, uninspiring supervision or some personal

problem may also result in poor performance. Transfer, job redesign, improving

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

quality of supervision, or discharge will solve the problem.


Figure 1.1 illustrates the assessment of individual training needs and remedial

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

measures.

Performance Deficiency

Lack of Skills Other Causes

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Or

Knowledge

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Training Non-training

Measures


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


(Fig 1.1 Needs assessment and remedial measures)

Assessment of training needs must also focus on anticipated skills of employees,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Technology changes fast and new technology demands new skills. It is

necessary that the employees be trained to acquire new skills. This will help him

to progress in his career path. Training and development is essential to prepare

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


the employee to handle more challenging tasks. Individuals may also require

new skills because of possible job transfers. Employees commonly require only

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

an orientation to new facilities and jobs.

Recently, however, economic forces have necessitated significant retraining

efforts in order to assure continued employment for many individuals. Job has

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


disappeared as technology, foreign competition, and the forces of supply and

demand are changing the face of our industry.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Assessment of training needs occurs at the group level too. Any change in the

organizations strategy necessitates training of groups of employees. For

examples, when the organisation decides to introduce a new line of products,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


sales personnel and production workers have to be trained to produce sell and

service the new products. Training can also be used when high scrap or accident

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

rates, low morale and motivation, or other problems are diagnosed.

TRAINING NEEDS ASSESSMENT METHODS-


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Several methods are available for training needs assessment. Some useful

organizational level needs assessment and others for individual`s needs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

assessment.

Methods Used in Training Needs Assessment
Group or Organizational Analysis

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Individual Analysis

Organizational goals and objectives

Performance appraisal

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Personnel/skills inventories

Work sampling

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Organizational climate Indices

Interviews

Group or Organizational Analysis

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Individual Analysis

Efficiency indices

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Questionnaires

Exit Interviews

Attitude survey

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


MBO or work planning systems

Training progress

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Quality circles

Rating scales

Customer survey/satisfaction data

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Consideration of current and projected
changes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Issues in Needs Assessment

Needs assessment, individual or group, should consider several issues as shown

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


in Fig.1.1.

Needs assessment is likely to make inroads into organizational life. The

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

assessment tends to change patterns of behavior of employees. When the needs

assessment is carefully designed and supported by the organisation, disruption is

minimised and co-operation is much more likely to occur. Obviously, the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


analyst needs to take steps to work effectively with all parties and gain the trust

and support of the participants in the needs assessment.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


ORGANIZATIONAL ANALYSIS

Having obtained organizational support, the next step in the needs assessment is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

an organizational analysis, which seeks to examine the goals of the organisation

(short-term and long-term), and the trends that are likely to affect these goals.

The analyst needs to ask and answer the following questions:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Is there a sufficient supply of people?

How does the firm attract, retain and motivate diverse work force?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

How does the firm compete for individuals with the right skills, knowledge, and

abilities and attitudes?

How do employees make the firm competitive, domestically and internationally?

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Which are the target jobs that require training?

These issues enable the analyst identify skill gaps in people, which training

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

seeks to fill. An organizational analysis tries to answer the question of where

the training emphasis should be placed in the company and what factors may

affect training. To do this, an examination should be made of the organizational

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


goals, personnel inventories, performance data, and climate and efficiency

indices. This examination should ideally be conducted in the context of the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

labor supply forecast and gap analysis. Organization system constraints that

may hamper the training process also should be explored. Training does not

exist in a vacuum and the context in which it occurs has an impact on whether

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


individuals will learn. Many companies rely on very detailed surveys of the

workforce to determine training needs as part of the planning effort. Motorola

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

and IBM, for example, conduct annual surveys that assess particular training

needs in the context of the company`s short and long-term goals.

Task and KSA Analysis

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


In addition to obtaining organizational support and making organizational

analysis, it is necessary to assess and identify what tasks are needed on each job

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

and which knowledge; skills and abilities (KSAs) are necessary to perform these

tasks. This assessment helps prepare a blueprint that describes the KSAs to be

achieved upon completion of the training programme.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Person Analysis

This analysis obviously targets individual employees. A very important aspect

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

of person analysis is to determine which necessary KSAs have already been

learnt by the prospective trainee so that precious training time is not wasted

repeating what has already been acquired. Also, employees who need to undergo

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


training are identified at this stage. A person analysis attempts to answer the

question of who needs training in the firm and the specific type of training

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

needed. To do this, the performance of individuals, groups, or units on major

job functions (taken from the performance appraisal data) is compared to the

expected performance standards. Given these data, one should be able to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


determine which job incumbents (or groups of incumbents) are successful at

completing the tasks required. Many companies use self-assessments in this

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

process. For example, Ford determined the training needs for a new computer

language based on a self-assessment questionnaire distributed to the staff. At

the managerial level, many organizations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEVELOPMENT OF THE TRAINING PROGRAM

After a needs analysis has been conducted and the staff is confident that training

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

is needed to address the performance problem or to advance the firm`s mission,

the training program is developed. This can be done by an in-house training

program is developed. This can be done by an in-house training staff or by

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


outside consultants. Many firms now even design and manage their own

corporate training centers.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

To develop the program, the trainer should design a training environment

conducive to learning. This can be done by setting up preconditions for learning

and arranging the training environment to ensure learning. Following this, the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


trainer should examine various training methods and techniques to choose the

combination most beneficial for accomplishment of the instructional objectives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of the training program.

Designing a Learning Environment for Training

To design a training program in which learning will be facilitated, trainers

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


should review the basic principles of how individuals learn. Learning principles

should be re-viewed and integrated into the design of the training program and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

materials. Also, issues of how to maximize transfer of new behaviors back to

the job should be addressed. Finally, trainers should design their programs to

meet the needs of adults as learners. Which means understanding how adults

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


best learn. For example, adult learners want to set their own goals for training

since they see themselves as capable of self-direction. In addition, they often

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enjoy experiential learning techniques and self-directed learning more than

conventional informational techniques. They are problem-centered and are

more receptive to training that enables them to solve problems of particular

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


interest to their situation. They want to be able to apply the training they receive

to their day-to-day work experiences and are less interested in the program if

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

they cannot see a direct application to their work situation.

Preconditions of Learning

Trainees must be ready to learn before they are placed in any training program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To ensure this, trainers should determine whether trainees are trainable (i.e.,

whether they have the ability to learn and are motivated to learn). In addition,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

trainers should try to gain the support of trainees and their supervisors prior to

actually implementing the program. This is particularly important for training in

sensitive areas such as diversity and gender and race discrimination.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Trainability

Before the learner can benefit from any formal training, he or she must be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


trainable or ready to learn. This means to learn. To have the ability, the trainee

must possess the skills and knowledge prerequisite to master the material. One

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

way to determine this is to give trainees a work sample (i.e., an example of the

types of skills to be performed on the job) and measure how quickly they are

able to learn the material or how well they are able to perform the skills.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Assessing trainees` ability to learn is of increasing concern to corporate

America. In view of the increasing technological knowledge required in most

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

jobs, many Americans are not being educated at a level compatible with the

requirements of most entry-level jobs. This situation appears to be getting

worse in the United States since the entry-level jobs of the future are being up-

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


skilled while the pool of qualified workers is shrinking.

Gaining the support of trainees and others.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

If trainees do not see the value of training, they will be unlikely to learn new

behaviors or use them on their jobs. Trainees should be informed in advance

about the benefits that will result from training. If they see some incentives for

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


training, it may strengthen their motivation to learn the behaviors, practice them,

and remember them. To gain the support of trainees for the training program,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the trainer must point out the intrinsic (e.g., personal growth) and extrinsic (e.g.,

promotion) benefits of attending training. Employees are strongly encouraged

to receive skills training. In fact, 5 percent of their yearly compensation is based

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


on the amount of training they receive.

Conditions of the Learning Environment

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

After ensuring the preconditions for learning are met, trainers should build a

training environment in which learning is maximized. To do this, trainers need

to decide how to best arrange the training environment by addressing the issues

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


below.

Over learning

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Over learning (i.e., practicing far beyond the point of performing the task

successfully) can be critical in both acquisition and transfer of knowledge and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


skills. Generally, over learning increases retention over time makes the

behavior or skill more automatic, increases the quality of the performance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

during stress, and helps trainees transfer what they have learned back to the job

setting. Over learning is desirable in a program when the task to be learned is

not likely to be immediately practiced in the work situation and when

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


performance must be maintained during periods of emergency and stress

Goal Setting

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Goal setting can help employees improve their performance by directing their

attention to specific behaviors that need to be changed. If employees set

specific, challenging goals, they can reach higher levels of performance. For

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


example, research has shown that goal setting has led to an average increase of

19 percent. Goal setting improves performance because it affects four

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

mechanisms.

Attention

Trainers should try to design training programs and materials to ensure that

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


trainees devote attention to them. They can do this by choosing a training

environment that is comfortable to trainees (e.g., that has good temperature,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

lighting, seats, plenty of room, snacks) and free from distractions.

Transfer of Training

The ultimate goal of a training program is that the learning that occurs during

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


training be transferred back to the job. To maximize transfer, the following

suggestions have been offered. These include ideas for the training session itself

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

as well as for the employee once he or she has returned to the job:-


1. Maximize the similarity between the training context and the job context.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

That is, the training should resemble the job as closely as possible. At GE,

for example, the action-learning process focuses on real business

problems.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


2. Require practice of the new behaviors and over-learning in training.

3. Encourage trainees to practice skills on their jobs in between training

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

sessions.

4. Develop, and have available on the job, job aids to remind employees of the

key action steps necessary on the job.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5. Make sure that the general principles underlying the specific content are

understood in training.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



BENEFITS OF NEEDS ASSESSMENT

Training programs are designed to achieve specific goals that meet felt needs.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


There is always the temptation to begin training without a thorough analysis of

these needs. Should this happen, the training programme becomes inappropriate

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

and its administration turns out to be perfunctory. There are other benefits of

needs assessment:

Trainers may be informed about the broader needs of the trainees.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Trainers are able to pitch their course inputs closer to the specific needs of the

trainees.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Assessment makes training department more accountable and more clearly

linked to other human resource activities, which may make the training

programme easier to sell to line managers.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Consequences of absence of training need assessment.


The significance of needs assessments can be better understood by looking at the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


consequences of inadequate or absence of needs assessments. Failure to conduct

needs assessments can contribute to:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Loss of business

Constraints on business developments

Higher labour turnover

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Poorer ?quality applicants

Increased overtime working

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Higher rates of pay, overtime etc

Higher recruitments costs, including advertising and incentives

Greater pressure and stress on management and staff to provide cover

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Pressure on job evaluation, grading structure payment system and career

structure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Additional retention costs in the form of flexible working time.

Need for job redesign and revision of job specification.

Undermining career paths and structure

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Higher training costs.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The first step in training is to determine that a need for training actually exists.

An organization should commit its resources to a training activity only if the

training can be expected to achieve some organizational goal. The decision to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


conduct training must be based on the best available data, which are collected by

conducting a needs assessment. This needs analysis ideally should be conducted

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

in the context of a human resource planning (HRP) program and timely and

valid performance data. Companies that implement training programs without

conducting a needs assessment may be making erros or spending money

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



unnecessarily. For example, a needs assessment might reveal that less-costly

interventions (e.g., personnel selection, a new compensation system, job

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


redesign) could be used in lieu of training. Despite the importance of

conducting needs assessments, few employers conduct such an analysis in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

context of their strategic plans or any form of strength, weakness, opportunity,

or threat analysis.

A needs assessment is a systematic, objective determination of training needs

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


that involves conducting three primary types of analyses. These analyses are

used to derive objectives for the training program. The three analyses consist of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

an organizational analysis, a job analysis, and a person analysis. After

compiling the results, objectives for the training program can be derived.

Many trainers suggest that a training need is any discrepancy between what is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


desired and what exists. Thus, one of the goals of the needs assessment is to

note any discrepancies. For example, the World Bank recently determined

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

through a needs assessment that many of its constituents from Eastern Europe

required training in transforming state-owned businesses into self-sustaining

businesses. The organization contracted with a number of universities to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


develop and provide the necessary training.

Comparisons between the expected level of performance specified (from the job

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

analysis) and the current level of performance exhibited (evident in the person

analysis) may indicate performance discrepancies.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Developing a Training Program



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



There are seven major steps that need to be managed in developing a

training development program.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





Identifying training needs

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Defining training objectives

Selecting trainees

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Determining the training contents and choosing training methods.

Training Methods

Selection of trainers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Evaluation

Identifying Training Needs-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Training Program should be beginning with the identification of

organisation need for such a program. The primary aim of training is to bring

about suitable change in the individual so that he can be useful to the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


organisation. Therefore training needs have to be related to organisation s

demands as well as individual requirements. In all such situation the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

organisation will have to identify the training needs of its employees.

Defining Training Objectives

Training usually means skills training having fairly direct or immediate

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


applicability. The objective of training differs according to the employees

belonging to different levels of organisation. The basic objective of training is to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

establish a match between man and his job. Thus training aims at improving

knowledge and skills level and developing right attitude among employees in

order to enable them to perform their present job effectively or to prepare them

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


for a future assignment. However from the point of view of an organisation,

employee`s growth is a mean to organizational effectiveness.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Selecting Trainees-



It is another important decision concerns the selection of trainees. For an

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


organisation providing the right training to the right people can help to create

and maintain a well-trained and stable work force. While selecting trainee due

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

attention should be given to employee needs and motivation, skill obsolesces

and retaining requirements.

Many companies have moved in the direction of training employees to have

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


multiple skills called multiskilling. In particular, multiskilling is relevant where

semiautonomous or self-managed teams are utilized. Everyone is encouraged to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

learn all of the jobs of the team and employees are generally paid according to

the number of skill that they have developed.

Determining the Training contents and choosing training methods.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




Training objectives guide the training curriculum. The contents will very

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

according to the type of the training and the specific requirement of the trainees.

The type of employees training method best suited to a specific organisation

depends upon a number of factors, such as skills required for the job,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


qualification of candidate to be trained, kinds of operating problems confronted

by the organisation and the support of the higher management to the training

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program.

Training Budget

Training budget involves out flow of funds from the organisation for which

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


budget should be available. Formulating a training budget will be an interactive

process with the other steps in developing skills training program. Budget

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

constraints may limit the human resources manager`s alternatives and must

therefore be considered during all phases of the development process.

Decision regarding Trainers

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


An effective training program cannot be developed if effective trainers are not

available. Organisation has the option of using staff trainers or of seeking

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

contract trainers out side. or of doing both when available. Staff trainers- full

time specialist on the organisation payroll or member selected to do part-time


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

training. The key to success however is selecting the right individual and

providing them with the tool thee need to be effective.

Selecting good trainer is often not essay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LESSON-IV

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



POTENTIAL MACRO NEEDS -USEFULLNESS OF Training


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Analysis of the environment is useful for the HR manager and for his team in

order to become proactive to the environment. Reactive strategy serves the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

purpose when the environment is fairly stable and competition is less serve. Pro-

active steps are vital for any organisation if it has to survive in such an

environment. Under the potential macro needs for training and development for

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


the employees HR manager should see the external forces which includes

Political-Legal, Economic, Technological and Cultural factors.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Political ? Legal-The political environment covers the impact of political

institution on the HRM department. In a democratic political setup. There are

three institutions, which together constitute the total political environment. They

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


are-1 the legislature 2.The executive 3. The judiciary.

The legislature also called Parliament at the central level and assembly at the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

state level is the law-making body. The plethoras of labour acts, which are in

force, are enacted by the legislature. The executive popularly known as the

government is the law implementing body. The legislature decides and the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


executives act. Above these two is the judiciary, which has the role of a

watchdog. The main function of the judiciary is to ensure that both the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

legislature and the executive work within the confines of the constitution and in

the public interest.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

ECONOMIC- Economic environment refers to all those economic forces,

which have a bearing on the HR function. Economic growth, industrial

production, agriculture, population, national and per capita income, money and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


capital markets, suppliers, competitors, customers, and industrial labour are the

components of the economic environment. The last four are highly relevant to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

HR activities. Another components of economic environment is globalization.

Hence, a brief description of each follows.

SUPPLIERS ? For the HR department, suppliers are those who provide human

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


resources to an organisation. Employment exchanges, universities, colleges,

training institutes, consulting firms, casual labour contractors, competitors, and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the like are the sources that supply human resources. The type of employees the

organisation receives depends on the suppliers.

COMPETITORS ? Competition plays a significant role in some of the HR

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


functions and activities. As the number of organizations competing for human

resources increases, so does the importance of the staffing function and its

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

appraisal and compensation activities. If several companies make job offers to

one individual, the organisation with more attractive terms and conditions will

win. When employees with particulars skills are hard to obtain, the organisation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


may need to groom its own employees through well-managed HR planning

programme co-coordinated with training and development activities.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CUSTOMERS ? customers have their own influence on a company`s personnel

functions. It needs no mention that customers want high-quality products at

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

reasonable prices. So everybody in the organisation must endeavor to offer

products, which give satisfaction for the money customers pay. Sales are often

affected by product quality, which is directly related to the skills and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


qualification of the organization`s employees.

Motor Industries Limited (MICO), Bangalore, has 12 quality principals. The

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

fifth and sixth principles are worth quoting here. They are illustrative of

customers` influence on personnel.

The fifth principle ? `Our customers are final judges of our quality.`

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




The sixth principle ? Each and every employee in the company

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

contributes towards achieving our quality goods. It is therefore the

responsibility of every employee-from apprentice to the member of the Board ?

to ensure that their work is of the highest standard. Anyone who identifies

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


quality, but does not have the authority to remedy it himself, must report it

immediately to his superior.`

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

ECONOMIC GROWTH ? Whether a country is economically developed or not

affects the quality of labour. Quality of labour in any country depends to a large

extent on education and health available for its citizens. In advanced countries

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


people and governments spend more on education and health; with greater

wealth and education better quality labour is assured, which in turn ensures

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

higher productivity. The inverse is likely to happen in low-income countries,

which spend less on education and health. Uneducated citizens with poor health

cannot contribute to productivity. Realizing the relationship among health,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


education, quality labour and productivity, development policies tend to focus

on these variables simultaneously.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

INDUSTRIAL LABOUR ? Over the years, certain changes have taken place in

industrial labour, particularly in the organized sector. They are (i) commitment

to industry, (ii) protective legislation, (iii) status, (iv) employment pattern, and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


(v) unionization.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Labour is now committed to industrial setting, thus contributing to stabilizing

the workforce. True, the worker who takes up a job in an urban industrial area

might have his/her moorings in a village. But, it is unlikely that he/she would

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


go back to his/her village. The worker who settles down in the city, admits

his/her children in city schools, buys a small residential house in the city and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

will gradually become an alien in his/her native village. Thus, the present

generation of young workers is mostly born and brought-up in urban areas and

has accepted industrial employment as a way of life. But the sad part of the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


picture is that though labour is committed to industry, it is not committed to

work. This is the reason for the low productivity of our industrial labour.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Protective legislation is another feature of our industrial labour. From time to

time, the government has been enacting one legislation after another to protect

the interests of workers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The economic and social status of today`s workers has vastly improved.

Industrial employment is no longer the undesirable alternative left for those

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

driven out from their villages. Improved skill contents of the jobs, matching

educational and training inputs and increased emoluments have made industrial

employment the first attraction of young job seekers. Industrial employment is

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


now not restricted only to the socially backward castes. The dynamic changes in

the industrial sphere have, as the National Commission on Labour has observed,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

brought about a social amalgam.` The status of an industrial worker of today

has enhanced as a result of the readjustment in the value system in favour of

industrial employment, which is, in turn, the aggregate effect of his/her

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


improved skills, and his/her enlarged pay packet. The stigma attached to factory

employment has gradually disappeared.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Naturally, age-old practices like holding name plates aloft and waiting hours at

an airport or railway station with a car for an arriving managing director, taking

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

the sahib`s children to school, buying vegetables for the sahib`s wife, and

tending the boss`s garden at home are resented and even protested against now.

Another feature noticed in industrial labour is the change that has come about in

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


the employment pattern of labour. This is due to the changes in industrial

activity, which has tremendously expanded and diversified and also undergone a

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

technical transformation. In the early years, unskilled labour predominated the

industrial employment scenario, when traditional industries like textile and

mining were in the forefront. In the process of expansion and diversification,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


new avenues of industrial enterprise in engineering. Chemicals, electronics,

informatics and pharmaceuticals have assumed importance and have changed

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

the composition of industrial employment. The improved technology of these

new industries created jobs with greater skill content, thereby raising the

minimum required standard of education. No more do workers wear blue

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


uniforms or work in smoke-stack` factories. No more are they ignorant of

company decisions, new product launches, mergers or closures. No longer are

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

chain of command` and unity of command` appreciated.

DIVERSITY ? Finally, the industrial labour is characterised by increasing

diversity. Workforce of any factory comprises people from different countries.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Within this diversity of national origins, there is an even wider diversity of

cultures, religions, languages and dialects, educational attainment, skills, values,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

ages, races, genders, and other differentiating variables.

Organizations are becoming increasingly cosmopolitan. Days when

organizations were manned with Shettys, Reddys, Nairs, Raos,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Mehtas or Singhs, are over. A typical organisation is emerging as an

amalgam of diverse workforce in terms of gender, race and ethnicity.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


One can find a Shastri rubbing shoulders with a khan, both jostling

with a Gowda, and all shaking hands with a Singh. Then there are

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

physically handicapped, gays and lesbians, the elderly, and even

people who are significantly overweight.

Though they work together, they maintain their distinct identities, diverse

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


cultural moorings and separate lifestyles. HR managers must learn to live with

these diverse behaviors. Diversity, if properly managed, can increase creativity

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

and innovation in organizations as well as improve decision making by

providing different perspectives on problems.

Impact of Globalization- Our economy is gradually getting integrated with the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


global economy. Globalization has considerable influence on Hr functions.

Employees hiring, training, motivation, compensation and retaining are to be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

guided by the global perspective. By discharging these and other functions

effectively and by helping the best-qualified people execute the company s

strategy on a global scale, the department can become a source of competitive

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


advantage for the company.

Technological- J K Galbraith defines technology as a systemic application of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

organized knowledge to practical tasks. During the last 150 years, technology

has developed beyond anybody`s comprehension. Science and technology

enable man to overcome distance, control birth rate, save life, generate, preserve

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


and distribute energy.

Cultural Forces-Cultural refers to the complex whole which includes

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Knowledge, belief art morale laws customs and other capabilities and habits

acquired by an individual as a member of a society.

How Does Culture Influence the HR Function?

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





In the first place, culture creates the type of people who become members of an

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


organisation. Culture trains people along particular lines, tending to put a

personality stamp upon them. Thus, we have Indians, Japanese, Americans,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Britishers, Germans and so on. It is not that all people are alike in a particular

culture. There are sub-cultures within a culture. For, people have their own

idiosyncrasies and are influenced by heredity, cultural experiences, sub-cultural

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


experiences, family experiences and unique personal experiences.

Secondly, the attitude of workers towards work is the result of their cultural

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

background. Our workers are known to have a deep-seated apathy towards

work. Work is dissociated from results in the belief that results are pre-

ordained. Tasks are performed (if ever performed) without any interest,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


dedication or pride. Worse, there is indiscipline at all levels, nagging suspicion

of fellow workers, basic mistrust of authority, and poor man-management

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

relationships.

Thirdly, time dimension, which influences HRM, has its roots in culture. Time

orientation refers to people`s orientation-past, present or future. In some

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


societies, people are oriented towards the past. In others, they tend to be more

focused on the present. Still others are futuristic in their outlook. HRM people

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

in societies that focus on the present, care more for employees on the rolls.

Fourthly, work ethics, achievement needs and effort-reward expectations,

which are significant inputs determining individual behavior, are the results of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


culture. The word ethics is associated with moral principles. In the context of

an organisation, ethics implies hard work and commitment to work. A strong

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

work ethics ensures motivated employees whereas the opposite is true when

work ethics is weak.

Finally, Culture makes people confine themselves to certain occupations and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


regions. Workers employed in coffee estates or tea plantations in Malnad region

cannot probably work in places like Bangalore. Their food habits, dress sense,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


language and the physical labour they put in-all seem to have been contrived to

make them fit to work in such places. A drive through the Malnad region in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

month of July makes you feel sorry for the labour employed in estates. For

kilometers, there are no human beings but suddenly you notice a tiny structure in

an estate where two or three people live. With heavy rain and no electricity, it is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


an eerie environment. But they are not sorry to live there. Their culture has

made them adjust to work and stay there comfortably. Similar is the story with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

miners working in Singareni Coal Mines, or those employed in diamond cutting

units at Surat in Gujarat.

INTERNAL FORCES

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


In addition to the external forces, there are factors internal to the organisation,

which influence HR activities. Unlike the external forces, where HRM has no

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

control, internal factors are within its influence. Prominent internal forces are:

(i) Strategy, (ii) Task, (iii) Leadership, (iv) Unions, (v) Organizational culture

and conflicts, and (vi) professional bodies.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Strategy, Task and Leadership

A strategy indicates the direction in which an organisation MOVES. As a plan,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a strategy takes the organisation into the area of competition in environment and

into alignment with the resources of the firm. For example, early success of

Infosys was due to high alignment of its strategy, structure, people and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


management.

Some companies believe that long tem success is more important and towards

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

this objective they invest more in human resources-in terms of employee

training, safety, security, welfare and harmonious industrial relations.

Task is a work that an employee is expected to do. Several tasks constitute a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


job. When we describe task here, we keep the job in mind because an employee

holds a job and through that he or she discharges tasks associated with it.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Task has implications on employee motivation and satisfaction. Several job

characteristics such as skills required, task significance, autonomy and feedback

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

of results have motivational effects. In fact, impact of job on employee

motivation is so significant that Herzberg advocated the concept of job

enrichment.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


It is the leader who matters in any functional area of business. HRM is no

exception. Leader must orchestrate the distinctive skills, experience,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

personalities and motives of employees. A leader provides direction,

encouragement and authority to evoke desired behavior. A leader chooses right

people and motives them to consistently strive towards making them overreach

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


themselves. Leadership involves catalyzing the learning process among

followers, as well as creating the environment that contributes to improving

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

performance. The leader is an important source of knowledge about the tasks,

the organisation and the HRM polices, programs and goals.

Unions

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Unionization as an external factor was examined earlier. The same has been

included here as an internal environment. This is justified because a firm`s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

personnel activities will be influenced by its own union(s) as well as the unions

of other plants.

A trade union may be understood as an association of workers or management

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


formed to protect their own individual interests. The role of a union is too well

known, not needing any elaboration here. All HR activities-recruitment,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

selection, training, compensation, IR and separation-are carried out in

consultation with union leaders. The role of unions becomes pronounced when

a new wage agreement needs to be signed. Generally, a wage agreement has a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


life of three years. After the expiry of one agreement, a new one has to be

reached.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Organizational Culture and Conflict

Every organisation, as mentioned earlier, has its own culture; Organizational

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

culture is the product of all the organization`s features-its people, its successes,

and its failures. Organizational culture reflects the past and shapes the future. It

is the job of HR specialists to adjust proactively to the culture of the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


organisation. For example, objectives can be achieved in several acceptable

ways. This idea, called equifinality, means there are usually multiple paths to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

objectives. The key to success is picking the path that best fits the

organistsation`s culture.

Professional Bodies

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


As was pointed out earlier, the impact of the apex body, National Institute of

Personnel Management (NIPM), on HR experts is minimal. The body has not

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

been able to prescribe its accreditation as a pre-requisite for HR practitioners. In

fact, it has not even prescribed a minimum academic qualification for an HR

professional. Its record of contribution to relevant policymaking, participation

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


in tripartite for a, and authority to morally bind its members to certain basic

professional values is disappointing.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

How Training Benefits the Organisation

Training Benefits the organisation as follows.

Leads to improved profitability and/or more positive attitudes towards profit

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


orientation

Improves the job knowledge and skills at all levels of the organisation

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Improves the morale of the workforce

Helps people identify with organizational goals

Helps create a better corporate image

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Fosters authenticity, openness and trust


Improves relationship between boss and subordinate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aids in organizational development

Learns from the trainee

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Helps prepare guidelines fro work

Aids in understanding and carrying out organizational policies.

Provides information for future needs in all areas of the organisation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Organisation gets more effective decision-making and problem-solving

skills

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Aids in development for promotion from within

Aids in developing leadership skills, motivation, loyalty, better attitudes, and

other aspects that successful workers and managers usually display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Aids in increasing productivity and/or quality of work

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Helps keep costs down in many areas, e.g. production, personnel,

administration, etc.

Develops a sense of responsibility to the organisation for being competent

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


and knowledgeable

Improves labour-management relations

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Reduces outside consulting costs by utilising competent internal consultation

Stimulates preventive management as opposed to putting out fires

Eliminates sub optimal behavior (such as hiding tools)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Creates an appropriate climate for growth, communication

Aids in improving organizational communication

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Helps employees adjust to change

Aids in handling conflict, thereby helping to prevent stress and tension.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Benefits to the individual


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Helps the individual in making better decisions and effective problem

solving

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Through training and development, motivational variables of recognition,

achievement, growth, responsibility and advancement are internalized and

operationalised

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Aids in encouraging and achieving self-development and self-confidence

Helps a person handle stress, tension, frustration and conflict

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Provides information for improving leadership, knowledge, communication

skills and attitudes

Increases job satisfaction and recognition

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Moves a person towards personal goals which improving interactive skills

Satisfies personal needs of the trainer (and trainee)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Provides the trainee an avenue for growth and a say in his/her own future

Develops a sense of growth in learning

Helps a person develop speaking and listening skills; also writing skills

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


when exercises are required

Helps eliminate fear in attempting new tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Benefits in Personnel and Human Relations, Intragroup and intergroup Relations

and Policy Implementation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Improves communication between groups and individuals

Aids in orientation for new employee and those taking new jobs through

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

transfer or promotion


Provides information on equal opportunity and affirmative action

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Provides information on other government laws and administrative policies

Improves interpersonal skills

Makes organizational policies, rules and regulations viable

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Improves morale

Builds cohesiveness in groups

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Provides a good climate for learning, growth, and co-ordination

Makes the organisation a better place to work and live.

(Source: from M.J Tessin, Once Again, Why Training? Training, Feb. 1978, p.7.)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




LESSON-FIVE

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

DEVELOPMENT OF COMPETENCY ? BASED TRAINING PROGRAM

Many organisations are realizing the need of having people who can innovate,

think ahead, and provide new direction. This is a new area, which is gaining

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


significance because of need to move in different and newer areas of growth.

Organisation which have stagnated for long, need to identify certain individuals

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

who are creative and show potential for innovation for innovation and send them

to special training program designed to realise the new competencies. These

programs do not necessarily meet the job related requirement but are designed to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


induce certain special talents. Programs on creativity, innovativeness and the

like are now offered by many agencies.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Most discussion on the subjects of training generally deliberates on its relevance

from the point of view of organisation. Little attempts are made to study what

the participants want from such training program. In one such attempt Mr Kalra

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


(1972) collected data on participant`s objective in attending training program.

His result shows that participants want the training program to help them to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


develop technical skills, managerial skills and communication skills. In a similar

attempts, Srinivasan (1977) collected data on trainees, focusing on the individual

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

motivation for attending training program. The study highlighted two areas--

career development and continuous education.

7 Steps to Ensuring Competency Based Training Programs.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Recently there have been a number of organizations who have implemented

competency based training programs with varying degrees of success, there are

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

seven steps we can take to increase the probability of a competent outcome.

1. Set a goal of ending up with ten or fewer core competencies

To develop an enduring and functional program we need to focus

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


on identifying a small core set of competencies that differentiate

we star managers from everyone else. Ideally if we have multiple

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

lines of business and/or operate globally, this core should apply



across the board. More than ten or so competencies will result in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


a process too unwieldy to work effectively. Keep in mind the

core will normally be supplemented by two or three technical or

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge specific competencies for particular job family

applications.

2. Make sure that you have top management

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


An effective competency based management development

program will end up touching every aspect of your organization.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Unless we have visible clear support from our CEO and key



management, no matter how sound the program is and the level

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


of ground swell` you think you can create; it will be doomed to

joining other program binders on the shelf.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Enlist top management in defining the representative behaviors

for each competency

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Once you have come up with the core set of competencies you

will need to build a defining set of behavioral statements to

support each competency. The easiest way to do this is through

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




your top managers. Ask them to provide two or three specific

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

behavioral examples for each competency that are exemplary of

their best performers.

4. Validate the competencies across all micro-cultures in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


organization

Even though you (hopefully) have relied on management to help

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

you build and review both the competencies and related

behaviors, you will want to ask specific managers from each of

your business units and across your geographic regions to review

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




the final material for applicability in their area. This helps to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

avoid superficial acceptance of a corporate` built program that

they don`t intend on using because it does not work in their

setting.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


5. Build ALL HR programs around the same competencies

A critical step to having a competent program is integrating the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

core competencies into all of your HR processes. Ultimately this

means that your recruiting, selection, assessment, performance


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


management, training, promotion, development and succession

planning and reward systems all should be based on the same

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

core competencies. Too many organizations use one set of


competencies for selection, another for promotion, yet another or

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

even none for succession planning, etc. This ends up being

confusing for your employees and frequently results in very

mixed messages as to what is valued at the organization.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6. Test for better result-

As you build each of the HR programs it pays to start with a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

limited try out in the field to make sure that all of the

instructions, forms, programming routines work from the end-

user`s perspective as you intended. This is particularly important

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


where one process is interdependent on another. For example in



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

succession planning you would need to have performance

instruments done first before you could identify bench strength

based on the core competencies across your key management.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Or, if you have a training program linked to evaluations on each

competency, you will want to make sure that scoring profiles

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

link up with the correct modules.

7. Revisit as organization mission and vision changes

We should consider revising a behavior and/or competency

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


when either it is hard to understand, frequently misapplied,

misevaluated, or no longer relevant due to a change in the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

organization`s business focus. The job specific technical or



knowledge competencies that complement the core competencies

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


may change with greater frequency based on the level of

sophistication or technological dependency of the specific job.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

For example think of the rapid changes in knowledge


competencies for individuals involved in computer related jobs

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

over the past few years.

These seven steps will help us to develop a competency-based program that

works because it captures the essence of your organization. The process is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


certainly involved but should result in an integrated and focused foundation for

all of your HR programs. If we are just beginning or considering starting, I

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

would highly recommend you talk with several individuals who have a

competency based program in place at their respective organizations. Find out

what works and what does not in each of their systems. Lessons learned can

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


save you and your organization a tremendous amount of time, effort and money!

Competency Management has extensive experience in designing and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

implementing highly effective competency-based programs in any organisation

for better result and growth and prosperity.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



UNIT ? III


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


METHODS OF TRAINING



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



LESSION ? 1


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


BROAD CLASSIFICATION AND

SELECTION OF TRAINING METHODS

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

OBJECTIVES

Objectives of this lesson are to

i)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


have introduction about training and development

ii)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

specify different purposes of training

iii)

explain on the job training with advantages and disadvantages

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


iv)

describe the merits and demerits of off the job training

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

v)

study the procedure for choosing optimum method

vi)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


consider different factors for selection of suitable method



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

1.1 INTRODUCTION

The quality of employees and their development through training and education

are major factors, which provide long-term benefit to an organization. It is good

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


policy to invest in the development of the skills of employees, so they can

increase their productivity. Training often is considered for new employees only.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

This is a mistake because ongoing training for existing employees helps them in

adjusting to rapidly changing job requirements. The difference between the

training methods lies mainly in terms of the personal involvement or

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


participation of trainees in the process of learning.


1.1.1 Purpose of Training

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Reasons for emphasizing the growth and development of personnel in an

organization are related to the following purposes.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Creating a pool of readily available and adequate replacements for

personnel who may leave or move up in the organization.

Enhancing the company's ability to adopt and use advances in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


technology because of a sufficiently knowledgeable staff.

Building a more efficient, effective and highly motivated team, which

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

enhances the company's competitive position and improves employee

morale.

Ensuring adequate human resources for expansion into new programs.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Increased productivity.

Reduced employee turnover.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Increased efficiency resulting in financial gains.

Decreased need for supervision.

Employees frequently develop a greater sense of self-worth, dignity and well

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


being as they become more valuable to the firm and to society. Generally they

will receive a greater share of the material gains that result from their increased

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

productivity. These factors give them a sense of satisfaction through the

achievement of personal and organisational goals.

Training is required for effectiveness in the performance of work. The objective

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


of training is to develop some specific skill in an individual. This is related to

both knowledge and action. There is a range of training methods with

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

advantages & disadvantages. Each method of training has special relevance for a

training programme. There are four broad classifications of training methods

available for training in an organization. These are related to on the job, off the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



job, skill development and attitude. Though, there cannot be any strict

separation, still then different methods of training can be grouped according to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


the stated relation.

1.2 ON THE JOB TRAINING

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

On the job training is delivered to employees while they perform their regular

jobs. In this way, they do not lose time while they are learning. After a plan is

developed for what should be taught, employees should be informed of the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


details. A timetable should be established with periodic evaluations to inform

employees about their progress.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

On the job techniques include orientations, job instruction training,

apprenticeships, internships and assistantships, job rotation and coaching. This is

the most common method of training. The trainee is placed on the job and the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


manager or mentor shows the trainee how to do the job.

To be successful, the training should be done according to a structured program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

that uses task lists, job breakdowns, and performance standards as a lesson plan.

The training can be made extremely specific to the requirement of employees. It

is highly practical and reality-based. It also helps the employee establish

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


important relationships with his or her supervisor or mentor.

On the job training (OJT) is an activity undertaken at the workplace which is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

designed to improve the skill or knowledge of an individual. OJT is a well-

established and well-used method designed to enhance individual skills and

capabilities with the characteristics of:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


being delivered on one-to-one basis and taking place at the workplace

of trainees

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

requiring time to take place, including potential periods when there is

little or no useful output of products or services

being specified, planned and structured activity.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



It is difficult to be precise on the extent or incidence of OJT in the modern

economy as different definitions are used in different surveys. Fine distinctions

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


(eg between OJT and informal learning), may not be immediately recognised, or

seem important, in the workplace. Additionally much OJT, taking place as it

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

does as part of day-to-day activity at the trainee's workplace, is not recorded

centrally.

OJT is dependent upon the trainer having sufficient knowledge and expertise to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


impart to the trainee. OJT is important and the quality of OJT can be

considerably improved through effective design. In this method the learning

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

process takes place as a result of interaction among the coworkers, superiors,

subordinates, and feedback available during the performance of work in an

organisation. This method has the following important advantages and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


disadvantages.

1.2.1 Advantages

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

On the job training method has the following important advantages for

consideration

Training can be delivered at the optimum time.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


The trainee will have opportunities to practice.

The trainee will have immediate feedback.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Training is delivered by colleagues by integrating the trainee into the

team.

Trainee develops confidence by working with own speed and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


productivity.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

1.2.1 Disadvantages

Some important disadvantages of on the job method are stated below for

taking precautions.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


There is a tendency to fit OJT in when it is convenient for office routine

rather than at the optimum time for learning.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The training may be given piecemeal and not properly planned, and the

trainee gains a fragmented picture of the organisation.

Too much training can be delivered in one session leading to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


'information overload' and trainee fatigue.

The trainer may not have sufficient knowledge of the process or

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

expertise in instructional techniques.

If immediate practice is not accompanied by feedback the trainee can

feel abandoned after the initial experience.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


1.3 OFF THE JOB TRAINING

Off the job training involves employees taking training courses away from their

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

place of work. This is often also referred to as "formal training". Off the job

training courses may be run by the training department or institute of an

organization or by an external organization or institution. Off-the-job training

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


include lectures, special study, films, television conferences or discussions, case

studies, role playing, simulation, programmed instruction laboratory training etc.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Most of these techniques can be used for effective training, although some may

be too costly. This method has some of the following important advantages and

disadvantages.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





1.3.1 Merits

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Off the job training method has the following important merits to be considered.

Use of specialist trainers and accommodation

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Employee can focus on the training - and not be distracted by work

Opportunity to mix with employees from other businesses

1.3.2 Demerits

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Off the job training method has the following important demerits.

Employee needs to be motivated to learn

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

May not be directly relevant to the employee's job

Costs (transport, course fees, examination fees, materials,

accommodation)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


1.4 CHOOSING OPTIMUM METHOD

The selection of a method depends upon the skill requirement, size of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

organization, time & money available for training, experience & competencies

of the trainer and training practices followed by an organization. All the

resources at the command must be used to make instruction real and vital for

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


the trainees.

Some important aspects to be remembered while choosing optimum method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

are motivation, active involvement, individual approach, sequence, structure

and feedback with different degrees as high, medium and low. Sequencing and

structuring of training programmes are important to provide the impact and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


consequent results. The number and types of training methods to be used

during any presentation depend on many factors.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

1.4.1 Factors for Selection

Choosing optimum method of training depends upon the following important

factors.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Experience, qualification and capability of the trainer.

Intelligence, qualification, age and experience of trainees.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Social and cultural environment required for training

Availability of time, resources and infrastructure facilities.

Objectives to be achieved through provision of training.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


LESSION ? 2

ON THE JOB RELATED METHODS

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

OBJECTIVES

This lesson has some important objectives to be consideration before adoption

in an organization.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


i)

explain in-basket method

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

ii)

describe team task method of training

iii)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


discuss about buzz group with benefits & activities

iv)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

state syndicate with function, advantages & trainer

There are many methods available relating to on the job for training of

employees. Some of the important on the job related methods are presented in the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


following paragraphs.

2.1 IN-BASKET

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

In-Basket is a simulation exercise, which enables assessment of the capabilities

of potential employees to discharge the responsibility of the concerned position.

This method is related to simulation of the workload of a manager on a typical

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



day. The name is derived from the IN and OUT trays found on the table of an

executive.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


In this method the participants is required to assume the role of a manager of an

organization. Then he is presented with some problems in the form of letters,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

memos & memoranda put in the IN tray & take appropriate action within a

limited time.

2.1.1 Real Life Action

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The limitation on time is the most important fact of the whole training exercise

as it stimulates the real life situation, where a manager is always expected to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

take a timely action. In order to complete the assignment in time, the player is

forced to set priorities and delegate some of the work to subordinates. He has to

take action just like a manager in the real life and write notes to complete the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


exercise. Under this method there is a procedure, which allows the participants

to explain their actions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2.1.2 Contents

This method consists of set of instructions, contents of the in-basket and notes

for the guidance of instructor conducting the program. It effectively enhances

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


skills in decision-making and problem solving activities. This training can be

designed to focus on the activities related to managerial positions. This can be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

altered according to the training requirement. Sometimes this method is

expensive to conduct training programmes. There should be provision for

availability of two baskets for in and out activities involved in this training

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


programme for use of the participants.

2.1.3 Merits

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

In-basket method of training has the following merits

It is related to the real life situation

It focuses on the managerial activities

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



This method can be adjusted according to requirement

The method is helpful for assessing specific dimensions

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2.1.4 Dmerits

The in basket method has the following important demerits.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The game is considered expensive for the management

It may be difficult to administer for the trainer

This is a time taking process for the participants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


It is essentially individual expertise related work

2.2 TEAM TASKS

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Different teams can be formed to perform various tasks or activities,

structured or unstructured, in which the end result may be principally the

completion of task, or otherwise observation or discussion of of the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


interactive process involved. Some of these activities can be performed by

an individual, in a self- instruction approach, but many require interaction

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

of the group to produce learning possibilities. Two highly structured task

group activities are action mazes and in-basket exercises.

2.2.1 Activities Involved

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Team task roles are behaviour that help the group solve its problem or

accomplish its tasks. These roles include initiator to start discussion, suggest

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

new ideas and solution. The information or opinion seeker asks for information

from other members and tries to elicit their opinion. The information or opinion

giver provides information and shares his own opinion with others. The clarifier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


expands on ideas of others by giving examples and explanations. The

coordinator helps in integrating and summarizing the ideas of other members.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The orientor suggests the direction for further discussion and defines the goal or

objective of discussion.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2.3. BUZZ GROUPS

The natural followup to many group activities is that the trainer discusses the

activity with the group members, concentrating on either the task or the process,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


or sometimes even attemting both. A principale aim of the trainer is that rthe

grpups should provide most of the this discusion. But perticularly in the very

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

early stages of a course, the participants may be unable or unwilling to express

thensleves openly.

It is possible that in the early stages, the barriors are too strong to permitt

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


individualsto express views which are critical of themselves or others in the

group, or the way group has perform the task. At a later stage of the course, this

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

is more likely to happen as open realtionships develop. Sufficient care and

planning is necessary for the trainer and trainees to follow this training

programme in an organisation.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


2.3.1 Benefits

A buzz group can allow an individual to retain annonimity in the group, since

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the spokesman of the buzz group will express the view of group instead of

individual. However an individual can also express a personal view if he/she

wishes do so. There can be use of the buzz group method with as few as six,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


sending into two buzz groups of three people. This approach was used following

the first activity of a course in which it is necessary to encourage the participants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to involve themselves in open discussion at an early stage.

2.3.2 Activities

During the full group discusion that followed, comments were made on group

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


and individual performance that would have ben much less early if the full

group had entered discusion immidiately after the activity. Infact, the immidiate

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

full group discussion approach had been the norm untill that perticualr course


and buzz groups were introduced because of the group inhibitions experienced.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The previous method is not revived.

The main objective of brain storming is to generate as amny ideas as possible

within the time fixed for the event. In this method no immidiate discussion or

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


evaluation of any idea is allowed. The trainer encourages the members to

produce ideas. Once all ideas have been extracted the task of brain storming

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

groups is over. ssesment and evalution of the ideas can follow by either by same

group or by a different group.

This is a technique valuable for strating a course in order to get the members

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


feeling that they have open thoughtts. It is ofen useful for the course participants

to be prepare for brain storming with a practiacl session on lateral thinkin lead

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

by the trainer. This will encourage the generation of ideas which will continue

for consideration of more serious issues.

2.4. SYNDICATES

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Grouping the participants of different background usually forms the syndicates.

A syndicate may consist of six or seven participants. By following this method

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

there can be efficient performance of work in small groups to achieve required

purpose in time. In this method there is correct implementation & much more

learning. The essence of this method is that participants learn from each other

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


and contribute their own experience to the maximum extent. This method is

suitable for training and development of executives with considerable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

experience.

2.4.1 Function

The participants are divided into different groups consisting of about ten

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


participants. These groups are called syndicates. Each syndicate functions as a

team to represent various functional and interest areas. The syndicates are given

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


assignments to be finished with a report. By rotation each member of the

syndicate becomes the leader.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Each syndicate is placed under a member of the training staff. The report

submitted by one syndicate is circulated to other syndicates for critical

evaluation. The chairman of each syndicate is required to present the view of his

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


team on the task assigned to them at a joint session of all the groups.

2.4.2 Advantages

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The advantage of this method is that the analysis & ideas are tested in the small

groups for their validity before they are presented before the whole class. For the

practicing managers this method is helpful to have new concepts, techniques &

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


information. Working in syndicate involves interaction over an extended period

of time and living together.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

If the syndicate is not structured properly it lead to lot of waste and cause

frustration. The role of directive staff by this method is very crucial. This

method enables to participants to acquire proper perspective on the related job in

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


relation to the activities in other areas. The availability of outside exports can

help supplement the work in syndicates.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

2.4.3 Disadvantages

The negligence of the directing staff may convert the syndicate method to an

exercise in futility. Due to improper structure of syndicate, there may be wastage

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


of time and frustration for the participants. This method may lead to dispute due

to difference in opinion of the participants.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

2.4.4 Role of Trainer

In this method the role of a trainer is not to participate directly in the group his

role is quiet inactive during the training session where he is resource person. He

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


may decide on the group composition, the topics to be assigned to the group and

to give attention towards the confused participants. The syndicate method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


includes the division of course members into a number of smaller groups called

syndicates for the purpose of considering a case study for the problem solving

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

activity. Each group is given the same problem to solve. Alternatively each

group may be given different problem. The trainer acts as the adjudicator in case

of difference between the groups. Another approach is to balance the different

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


views expressed to a common conclusion.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




LESSION ? 3

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

OFF THE JOB RELATED METHODS

OBJECTIVES

This lesson has some important objectives to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


i)

explain lecture method with features & considerations

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

ii)

describe team task method of training

iii)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


state buzz groups with benefits and activities

iv)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

present syndicate with function, advantages & role of trainer

v)

discuss about field trip method of training

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


vi)

explain panel discussion with points to remember

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

vii)

describe case studies with design, merits & demerits

viii) discuss about action maze method of training

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


3.1 INTRODUCTION

Off the job training involves employees taking training courses away from their

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

place of work. This is often also referred to as "formal training". Some important

off the job related training methods are discussed below.

3.2 LECTURE

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Lectures present training material verbally and are used when the goal is to

present a great deal of material to many people within short time. It is more cost

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

effective to deliver lecture to a group of participants than to train people

individually. Lecturing is one-way communication and as such may not be very

effective way to train. In this method of training, it is difficult to ensure that all

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


trainees understand the topic on the same level. Despite these drawbacks,

lecturing is the most cost-effective way of reaching large number of trainees.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

3.2.1 Features

This method is one of the old and basic training methods. More and more

training institutions are applying the lecture method for training. In this method

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


the trainer is active where as the trainees are passive. Though lecture method is

not very much effective, some extent of informal lecture is inherent in the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

conduct of any training program to motivate trainees, provide explanation &

analyze relevant exercises.

3.2.2 Considerations

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The background, age, cultural difference, knowledge of subject, level of

education, likes & dislikes of the audience should be considered for this method

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

of training. More over the purpose of training & basic understanding of the

trainees can make lecture method of training effective. Under this method the

time available is an important consideration. It is necessary for the trainer to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


speak from his own experience and knowledge as per the requirement of

trainees. The contents of lecture should be simple, brief and to the point. The

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

main theme of the lecture has to be developed in logical sequence. It is

necessary to start with simple concepts and progress towards difficult topics.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


3.2.3 Role of Trainer

The trainer should arrive at the specified place in time to check the arrangements

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

for training. There should be proper standing posture for the trainer to maintain

eye contact with different segments of the audience. A Lecture who gives

attention to all parts of the audience uniformly is more successful. The speaker

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


should be sincere, courteous and enthusiastic for the lecture.


Making optimum use of time should be important consideration for the resource

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


person to deliver lecture. The trainer must have proper planning of the lecture to

create interest among the trainees by including examples, questions and humour

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

according to requirement in the lecture to be delivered.

3.2.4 Merits

The lecture method of training has the following important merits to be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


consideration for adoption of the training method.

This method is effective to train large number of trainees within limited

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

time available

Delivery of lecture is useful for communication of basic theoretical

knowledge to the learners

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Lecture method is convenient to have one-way transfer of information

without any interaction

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Lecture method is less expensive for an organisation

3.2.5 Demerits

The lecture method of training has the following important demerits.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


There may not be any scope for clarification of difficult parts of

the lecture for the participants

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Repeated lectures may produce staleness and monotony resulting

in less absorption of knowledge by trainees

It becomes difficult to have proper feedback from the learners by

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


following lecture method of training

3.3 FIELD TRIPS

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Field trips can be valuable training method for many organizations. But

sometimes there are risks and hazards, some of which may be unacceptable.

Faculty members who are planning to conduct field trips should perform their

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



own risk analysis and take sufficient precautions during the preparation. They

should have proper planning to determine the procedure of the field trip for

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


achieving the learning objectives.

3.4 PANEL DISCUSSION

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

A panel provides several points of view on a topic to seek alternatives to a

situation. Panel members may have differing views but they must also have

objective concerns for the purpose of the training. This is an excellent method

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


for using outside resource people. This method can be used for small group of

20 or less and the members know each other and the material can be assimilated

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

readily with some prior knowledge. Division into groups can also be used to

provide discussion opportunities in smaller associations of trainees. This will

allow a silent trainee to have the opportunity to say something.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3.4.1 Points to Remember

There must be proper reason for the discussion and this could be to allow

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

separated discussion of a common subject or different subjects with common

theme. When the groups are engaged for useful discussion topic, the purpose of

the group is to consider the translation of the learning to the work of participants.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Trainees often find it interesting to hear different points of view. The process

invites employees to share their opinions and they are challenged to consider

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

alternatives. It requires a great deal of preparation. The results of the method can

be difficult to evaluate.

3.5 CASE STUDIES

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


A case is objective description of a real life situation in case of which, the

participants are required to take appropriate decision. The training method

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

relating to case studies is excellent for developing analytical skill. Case studies

are usually organized around one or more problems confronted by an

organization. Common case study provides the learner group al necessary

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



information relating to the organisation and the problem for study. The group of

trainees can be provided with a problem or series of problems to find out

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


solutions for the problem.

3.5.1 DESIGN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A case describes the problem area and contains sufficient additional information

about the company. Cases are designed primarily to solve different problems

relating to an organization. The trainees are expected to prepare each case in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


advance by analyzing available fax, identifying major issues, exploring

alternative courses of action and finally taking a decision on the basis of their

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

analysis. This method can be dynamic and powerful approach for trainees.

A case study is a description of a real or imagined situation which contains

information that trainees can use to analyze what has occurred and why. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


case study provides learning situation, which depends on involvement and

participation in group discussion for its success. The trainees recommend

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

solutions based on the content provided.

3.5.2 Merits and Demerits

A case study can present a real-life situation, which lets trainees to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


consider what they would do. It can present a wide variety of skills in

which applying knowledge is important. It helps in finding number of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

alternative solutions suggested by the participants for the problems

included in the case. Cases may be difficult to prepare and time-

consuming to discuss.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The trainer must be creative and very skilled at leading discussions,

making points, and keeping trainees on track. All participants should

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

take active part for the success of case study. This method is very

helpful for effective training of the participants to develop the practice

of taking correct decisions on the basis of analysis of different cases.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



The merits and demerits of this method should be considered for

successful conduct of the training programme with required previous

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


arrangements.

3.6 ACTION MAZES

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

In this type of training, each individual is given an information sheet with details

of the situation, which can be a technical problem or an interpersonal problem.

At the end of the first information, the person is asked to make a decision based

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


on the facts given upto that stage. Usually a choice between a number of actions

is given. The particular choice leads the learner to the next type of information,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

at the end of which there is a further choice to make. Each learner can proceed

at his own pace and the skill posessed can determine the time taken by

individual to move through the maze. The individual having good grasp of the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


principles involved can reach the final decision very quickly, having made the

correct choices. The unskilled trainee is likely to make a number of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

inappropriate choices and will take a circular path to reach the end. Under this

type of training, the trainees can absorb the correct methods or attitudes from

their mistakes.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


LESSION ? 4

SKILL DEVELOPMENT TRAINING METHODS

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

OBJECTIVES

This lesson has some objectives to

i)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


have introduction of skill development training methods

ii)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

explain transactional analysis method of training

iii)

discuss about simulations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


iv)

state clinics with role of director

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

v)

show data gathering with benefits & features


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

vi)

present incident process incident investigation & critical incident

vii)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


study role play with single role, double role, role rotation, reverse

role and hot role

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

viii) discuss about metaphor method of training

ix)

explain interactive demonstrations with steps involved.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION

There are some training methods followed for the development of skill and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

capabilities of the existing & new employees. So that, there can be improvement

of the efficiency of the employees. Some selected skill development training

methods are presented in the following paragraphs.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


4.1 TRANSACTIONAL ANALYSIS

This type of training method is helpful to eradicate or minimize the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

dysfunctional aspects of personality, developed from critical assumptions

assimilated during childhood. The life script is a basic concept of transactional

analysis. The programme for transactional analysis may vary from one day to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


five days.

This method of training enables participants to develop interpersonal

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

competencies to improve relationships with self and others for changing their

behaviour appropriately to optimize interrelationships. As far as possible, the

trainer must operate from adult state and not be personally involved in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


transactions between participants. The trainer must have expert knowledge of

transactional analysis before interpretation of behaviour.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

4.1.1 Role of Trainer

The trainer should interpret group behaviour in terms of ego states of the

participants. He should not be personally involved in the transactions between

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


trainees. He should have specialized knowledge of the theory and practice relate

to the transactional analysis.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4.3 SIMULATIONS

Trainees participate in a reality-based, interactive activity where they imitate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

actions required on the job. It is a useful technique for skills development.

Training becomes more reality-based, as trainees are actively involved in the

learning process. It directly applies to jobs performed after training. Simulations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


involve yet another learning style, increasing the chance that trainees will retain

what they have learned. Simulations are time-consuming. The trainer must be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

very skilled and make sure that trainees practice the skills correctly. Only

perfect practice makes perfect.

In simulation training, the trainees act for situations in which they assume the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


personality and positions of some one else. The success of stimulation training

depends upon other training innovations and relies on the continued patience of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the enthusiastic participants having willingness to share insights and ideas with

others. Simulation game increases interaction among the trainees from divergent

socio-economic background. It provides an active, verbal and physical learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


environment to increase the motivation of learners.

4.4 CLINICS

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

These guidelines are intended to aid clinic directors in appropriate, effective and

ethical leadership of university-based psychology training clinics. Psychology

clinics are clinical settings designed to provide students the best possible

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


training in professional psychology. Clinics are the focus of competing interests,

each with different demands and goals. These interests include the university`s

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

broad policies and educational goals, standards of deans, department chairs and

directors of clinical training, the needs and interests of faculty, of students, and

of accrediting bodies.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The challenge for clinic directors is to negotiate and reconcile these competing

interests while sustaining the core standards, values and purposes of the clinic.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Required guidelines may be formulated to assist directors in their roles,

recognizing that effective leadership is supported and strengthened by explicit

statement of essential guidelines for the operation of clinics.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4.4.1 Role of Director

Clinic directors are responsible for the proper operation of the clinic, including

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

adherence to ethical and legal standards of professional conduct and patient care.

The key feature of the clinic director`s role is her/his responsibility to guarantee

high standards of clinical training and clinical practice. Clinic directors must

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


have authority requisite to discharging these responsibilities, including

appropriate authority over the work of staff, students and supervisors; as

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

necessary, this authority should be exercised in consultation with and assisted by

appropriate university bodies and authorities.

4.5 Data-Gathering

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




All reporting libraries gather data about their customers, both actively (e.g.,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

focus groups) and passively. The most used data-gathering methods are surveys,

with exit surveys in fairly common use: these are typically done yearly or bi-

yearly. Electronic suggestion and comment boxes are also common because they

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


have the benefit of being available to customers all the time. Some use focus

groups at least annually, but for others the technique has been used sparingly

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and only for very specific purposes (e.g., to refine a survey of undergraduate

students or to assess customer satisfaction with photocopy services).

4.5.1 Benefits

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


The potential benefits of organized customer service programs are many. A

strong philosophy of service that is understood by all staff can guide day-to-day

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

performance and performance evaluation systems. Training based on that

philosophy can provide an important means of improving services on a

continual basis. Gathering and using data about customer experiences--both

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


successes and failures--is likely to raise the quality of service and the


satisfaction of customers. Although some find customer service philosophies or

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


guidelines marginally useful, many have seen them as a key ingredient in their

programs.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

4.5.2 Features

Although formally organized customer service programs are familiar feature of

day-to-day lives, they are relatively recent arrivals in academic research

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


libraries. Moreover, where they exist, the programs are uneven in intensity.

Several libraries have committed themselves seriously to the approach--

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

incorporating it pervasively into their training, performance expectation,

evaluation, and reward systems. Others are still at early stages of development,

incorporating a few characteristics and experimenting with techniques such as

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


focus groups.

Because it represents a significant cultural shift, continued growth of such

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

programs is likely to be measured. Though the advent of customer service

programs in libraries reflects commonplace developments in the private sector,

academia may be skeptical about taking on such new ventures. It is a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


development that gets mixed reviews in libraries.

4.6 INCIDENT PROCESS

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

A series of sequential incidence can be used for skill learning. Particiapnts are

given the first incident and taken through three steps. First step is realted to

moving from symptons to the underline issues. Second step is related to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


predictions as the effectiveness epends upon anticipatry proactive management.

Third step is related actions based upon analysis and predictions. Then the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

second incident is issued. First participant can compare the precidctions and

action suggestions with actual happening. The participant goes through the

sequence of the same three activities on incident to and show on. About three to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



four incident sequences seem to be optimal. The incidents can be in terms of

skills of analysis, diaognsis, predictions, actions and contigency planning.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4.6.1 Incident Investigation

Under this method the employer should take immediate steps to investigate

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

incident as soon as possible but not later than 48 hours after the event. The

expert investigation team should be formed, including at least one person

knowledgeable in the process involved, and others with knowledge &

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


experience to investigate the incident. After the analysis, a written report on the

incident should be developed. Reports for different incidents must be retained

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

for five years for future reference.

4.6.2 Critical Incident

Training agenda is designed to provide participants with the latest information

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


on Critical Incident Stress Management techniques and post-trauma syndromes.

The program emphasizes a broadening of the knowledge base concerning

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

critical incident stress interventions as well as Post Traumatic Stress Disorder

established in the Basic program and/or publications. Specifically, the program

addresses concepts that are the foundation of Defusing and Critical Incident

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Stress Debriefings with an emphasis on advanced techniques for complex crisis

situations. In addition, this method discusses the pathological consequences of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

traumatic stress and the theoretical basis and research evidence.

4.7 ROLE PLAY

Role-play is defined as educational technique in which some problem, involving

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


human interactions, real or imaginary is presented for spontaneous action. There

is active participation of the trainees in role-play method of training. It permits

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

training in the control of feelings and emotions.

Role-play method can be broadly classified into two categories, such as

structured role-play &spontaneous role-play. During a role-play, the trainees

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



assume roles and act out situations connected to the learning concepts. It is good

for customer service and sales training. Trainees can learn possible results of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


certain behaviors in a classroom situation. They get an opportunity to practice

people skills.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

It is possible to experiment with many different approaches to a situation

without alienating any actual customers. A lot of time is spent making a single

point. Trainers must be skilled and creative in helping the class learn from the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


situation. In some role-play situations, only a few people get to practice while

others watch.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

ole-p4.7.1 Single R lay

This is widely used form of role-play, which consists of two or three playing out

roles infront of a class. It is very help full to demonstrate the way of solving

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


some problems or to show the complications related to the problems if not

solved. It allows the enire class to examine in depth all the dynamics &

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

complexities involved when individuals attempt to solve a problem. Some

players may feel embarrassed to play role in front of others.

3.7.2 Double Role-play

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


In this method all trainees are required to play roles. All the trainees are required

to be kept in some groups for specific role-play. Each player required to play a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

specific role or act as an observer at the same time. It allows all the trainees to

participate in the role-play. It causes no embarrassment to the players and reduce

the problems related to ineffective role-play.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4.7.3 Role Rotation

Under this method one person play a role. Other trainees are required to play the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

role one after the other. In this method participants feel less embarrassed & more

willing. It demonstrates wide Varity of styles in which different individuals try

to solve the problem.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



4.7.4 Reverse Role Play

An excellent method for developing a salesperson's skills at learning customer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


needs is through role playing. The reverse role playing consists of acting out the

customer-salesperson relationship by the salespeople. One person plays the part

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

of the customers, and the other plays the part of the salesperson. Next time

around, they reverse the roles. Role playing enables salespeople to see various

sales situations from the customers' point of view. The skill necessary to quickly

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


"size up" customers (learn about their needs) is rapidly sharpened through role

playing. A particularly good time for you to try out this method is during slow

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

periods when your salespeople are just "standing around" anyway.

4.7.5 HOT ROLE

Hot role-play provokes the trainees for the changed expectations. There should

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


be much interaction between the trainer and the trainees. For training of

salesmen, there may be scenes with specific audience involvement, focus on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

customer service, effective communication, identification of real customers,

satisfaction of their requirements, acting as united work force and facing

challenges.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


4.8 METAPHORS

In organizations and groups people have assigned or formal roles: director, chief

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

financial officer, manager of a department, the chairperson of a meeting, the

person who takes the minutes and so on. These roles come with a formal job

description.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


In addition to the formal role people also occupy informal roles in the groups

and organizations they are part of: the person who always asks critical questions,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the one who is focused only on practical details, the person who will always

volunteer first, the one who is always in crisis, the emotional one and so on. The

Metaphor Method for Role Analysis, helps participants of an existing group to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



discover what their informal role is and how their informal role influences the

formal role they hold. Greater awareness of these informal roles is a help to both

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


individuals and the whole group, leads to better collaboration and consequently

aids in the task.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

4.9 INTERACTIVE DEMONSTRATIONS

An interactive session combines live product demonstrations by the trainer and

hands-on practice for the trainee. These sessions are effective for successful

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


training. Because, the participants are trained by five learning styles. They hear

from the trainer, then look at the demonstrations, they may touch, feel and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

perform the same work by practice.

For this method of training audio and video equipments should be available

with facility for demonstrations. This method is helpful for the trainees for the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


new product or service or new trainees for existing product and service. Under

this type of training, the trainees can learn in detail and inform others about the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

product or service.

4.9.1 Steps Involved

If more than one product is to be trained in a row, time must be allowed for short

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


breaks in between sessions.There is no maximum number, however 10 - 15

trainees may be ideal as each trainee will get individual attention .

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Demonstration is very effective for basic skills training. The trainer shows

trainees how to do something.

The trainer may provide an opportunity for trainees to perform the task being

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


demonstrated. It requires a great deal of trainer preparation and planning. There

is also need for adequate space for the training to take place. If the trainer is not

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

skilled in the task being taught, poor work habits can be learned by the trainee.

A demonstration training session involves the trainer demonstrating the features

of the product as the trainees observe.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LESSION ? 5

ATTITUDINAL TRAINING METHODS

OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


This lesson has the objectives to be consideration before selection of any

method of training in an organisation

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

i)

have introduction about attitudinal training

methods

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


ii)

explain brain storming with process

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

iii)

discuss about behaviour modeling

iv)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


state jigsaw method with activities and

assignments involved

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

v)

present fish bowl method and role of trainer

vi)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


show different types of T groups for training

vii)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

explain data gathering with benefits

viii) discuss about grouping method of training

ix)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


state business game with benefits and role of

trainer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5.1 INTRODUCTION

There are training methods related to the attitude of the participants of training

programmes. The specific method should be selected according to the attitude

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


of the participants in an organization. Some important attitudinal training

methods are explained in the following paragraphs for comparative analysis for

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the correct selection.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5.2 BRAIN STORMING

Brainstorming with a group of people is a powerful technique. Brainstorming

creates new ideas, solves problems, motivates and develops teams.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Brainstorming motivates because it involves members of a team in bigger

management issues, and it gets a team working together. However,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

brainstorming is not simply a random activity.

Brainstorming needs to be structured and it follows brainstorming rules. For the

brainstorming process, there is need of a flip-chart. File being used for problem

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


solving, the brain storming session can be helpful in developing attitude of

openness, freedom, tolerance of ambiguity, mutual respect and resource

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

utilisation.

This is crucial as brainstorming needs to involve the team, which means that

everyone must be able to see what's happening. Brainstorming places a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


significant burden on the facilitator to manage the process, people's involvement

and sensitivities, and then to manage the follow up actions. The following

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

process may be followed for this method.

5.2.1 Process

1. Define and agree the objective.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


2. Brainstorm ideas and suggestions having agreed a time limit.

3. Categorise/condense/combine/refine.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

4. Assess/analyse effects or results.

5. Prioritise options/rank list as appropriate.

6. Agree action and timescale.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


7. Control and monitor follow-up.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




5.3 BEHAVIOUR MODELING

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

"Give a fish to a man, and he will eat for a day; teach him to fish, and he will eat

for the rest of his life. The philosophy is very significant to highlight the role of

a teacher as changer of lives of many persons. It is a philosophy that leads many

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


individuals, to become instructor for adults. This method of instruction

embodies the component of learning by action and through behaviour.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

It shows that human learning takes place in the absence of direct experience.

The behaviour must be performed by the learner him/herself. First, modeling is

the direct presentation of the behavior by a model. Second, retention processes

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


refer to the internal memory devices the learner uses to assimilate the observed

behavior and remember the process. Third, behavioral rehearsal takes place

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

when the learner attempts to reproduce the behavior previously modeled.

Feedback, as provided by the trainer and other learners, is necessary for the

learner to check for learning and to modify the behavioral process. Finally,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


transfer of training refers to the efforts of the model and trainer to make the

desired behavior rehearsal resemble the actual work place or job as much as

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

possible.

5.4 JIGSAWS

The Jigsaw is another method of training followed when there is too much

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


information for one person to read or absorb. It encourages reading or listening

salient points included in the training programme. This method is helpful to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

develop effective practice for communicating critical points to others. Jigsaw

provides different perspectives on information. It can be particularly helpful to

second language learners.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


5.4.1 Activities

Jigsaw is a group structure that can be used across all content areas. Training

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

starts with a home group. That group is responsible for learning the assigned


portion of a task that is prescribed by the instructor. Then the instructor

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

separates trainees into new groups -- jigsaw groups -- by assigning one member

from each home group to a new group.

If an activity begins with groups A, B, C, and D, the jigsaw groups have a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


member from A, B, C, and D. In the jigsaw groups, participants share

information and complete some sort of project or product.The trainees conduct

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

research in groups responsible for collecting information about a given area of

that topic. Participants are to generate the questions to be asked after

experiencing an "anchor" activity that is designed to bring forth the questions

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


the instructor wants them to ask.

5.4.2 Assignments Involved

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

For reading purpose, portions of an article should be assigned to participants in

the divided group. But for presentations the participants in smaller groups

should select the sessions according to their interest to attend and take notes.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Then they should summarize the main points and report back to the whole

group.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

There should be provision of note taking sheets with questions for the

participants. In case of large groups, after reading same passage, the participants

should discuss and decide on main points to be reported by selected reporter. All

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


the participants should complete the assignments.

5.5 FISH BOWL METHOD

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The objective of fish bowl exercise is to inculcate in the participants, the

discipline of observing others and provide constructive feedback. This method is

helpful to learn about one self, one`s behaviour and personality as seen through

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the eyes of others and consequently to overcome weaknesses for improving

strengths.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




5.5.1 Activities Involved

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

In this type of training, twenty-five participants seat in two concentric outer and

inner circles. The inner circle is the target group in which members either

discuss a pre-selected topic or move towards completion of a group task. After

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the discussion by the members of inner group, which may extend up to half an

hour, the outer group is asked to comment on the content and more importantly,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the dynamics and group process of the inner groups members. The trainer

should select a topic for discussion that is either familiar to the participants or of

interest to them. Then, participants can identify with the topic or task and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


generate a discussion.

5.5.1 Role of Trainer

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

In this method, the trainer shall act as a facilitator and guide the participants

towards constructive results. At the outset, he will state the ground rules for the

training and each member of the outer group must play the role. The trainer

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


should precede the exercise with discourse on group dynamics and human

behaviour, principles of learning and individual actions in groups. This will

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provide the basis on which feedback is given.

5.6 T-GROUPS

T-groups are helpful for understanding the self and contributing towards

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


organizational change & development through training in attitudinal changes in

the participants and creating better teamwork. T-groups can be classified into

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

following three categories. A T-group may consist of eight to fifteen persons.

After setting forth the objectives, the trainer remains in the background creating

a vacuum, which impels participants to develop structure and meaning.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




5.6.1 Stranger groups

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

In this group participants have no prior knowledge of one another. But members

can express and involve themselves without fear or retaliation. However, the

commencement of the training is difficult as all are strangers in the group.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


5.6.2 Family Groups

In this group participants belong to the same department or hierarchical level

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

and have prior knowledge of each other. But the members may shy away from

giving feedback, may dilute it or may not disclose themselves in fear of its being

used against them.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


5.7 DATA GATHERING

All reporting libraries gather data about their customers, both actively (e.g.,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

focus groups) and passively. The most used data-gathering methods are surveys,

with exit surveys in fairly common use: these are typically done yearly or bi-

yearly. Electronic suggestion and comment boxes are also common because they

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


have the benefit of being available to customers all the time. Some use focus

groups at least annually, but for others the technique has been used sparingly

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

and only for very specific purposes.

5.7.1 Benefits

The potential benefits of organized customer service programs are many. A

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


strong philosophy of service that is understood by all staff can guide day-to-day

performance and performance evaluation systems. Training based on that

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

philosophy can provide an important means of improving services on a

continual basis. Gathering and using data about customer experiences--both

successes and failures--is likely to raise the quality of service and the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


satisfaction of customers.

Although formally organized customer service programs are familiar features of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

day to day lives, they are relatively recent arrivals in academic research libraries.


Several libraries have committed themselves seriously to the approach--

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

incorporating it pervasively into their training, performance expectation,

evaluation, and reward systems. Others are still at early stages of development,

incorporating a few characteristics and experimenting with techniques such as

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


focus groups.

5.8 GROUPING METHOD

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

These roles help members to function together as a group and maintain good

interpersonal relationships. The group includes supporter to praise and agree

with others. There should be harmonizer to help in resolving disagreements and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


conflicts between others. The tension reliever makes people feel relaxed by

cracking jokes and generating humour. The encourager encourages those who

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

have not spoken to participate in the training programme.



5.9 BUSSINESS GAME

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Business game is a training technique in which participants consider sequence of

problems and take decisions. It is simulation which consisting of sequential

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

decision-making exercise structured around a hypothetical model of the

operations of an organization. As it is only a simulation there is no real loss to

the organization in case participants make mistakes. Among different training

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


methods, business game is increasingly used in management development

programs for effectiveness of learning.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This method is helpful to reduce conflicts among the participants. These games

can be classified on the basis of coverage, competitive element & processing

results. According to coverage there may be total enterprise gain and functional

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


gain. There are interactive games and non-interactive games. By processing of

results there can be computer game or non-computer game.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




5.9.1 Types of Business Games

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Business games are relatively new in comparison to other methods. There are

different types of business games according to the coverage competitive element

and processing of results. On the basis of coverage, there are Total Enter prise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


games and Functional Games. On the basis of competitive element there may be

Interacting Game and Non-interacting Game. According to processing of results,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

there are Computer Game and Non-computer Game.

5.9.2 Benefits

These games are helpful to demonstrate some aspects of organization activities

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


it helps in changing the attitudes. It provides experience in the application

statistical and analytical methods. Games are quiet absorbing, provoking interest

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

in participants to have more effective learning. There is a higher cost of this

method if computers are required. Some games may be to simplified models of

reality to be effective for learning of actual business situation. Many games

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


involve only quantitative variables ignoring human elements of organization.

5.9.2 Trainer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The trainer has to be active and fully involved to produce desired results from

this method. He should have complete understanding of the game and clearly

explain it to participants. He should always be alert to handle new situations

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


while running the training programme. He should have complete situation under

his control.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The game must be compared with real life situations, wherever possible. So that

business game is taken as simulation of the real life situations for learning.

Business games are very helpful to emphasize the importance of long range

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


planning. This method can be used for effective management development

programme.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




5.9.3 Procedure

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The procedure followed for successful business game should include the

following steps.

There should be previous briefing for the participants

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Enough time should be available for first run of the game.

The trainer should give first feedback quickly to trainees for interest

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

There should be publication of information on results achieved

Repeated rounds of game should be sequential and logical

The trainer should announce the final result at the end of game

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




QUESTIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. State the importance of training programmes for an organization.

2. Find out the procedure for choosing optimum use of a suitable training

method.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


3. Differentiate between on the job and off the job training methods.

4. Give an account of the broad classifications of the training methods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Describe in detail the activities involved in the lecture method of training.

6. Explain in brief different on the job related training methods.

7. Identify different types of off the job training methods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8. Discuss the training methods available for the development of skills of

employees.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

9. Present important types of attitude related training methods.

10. Give an overall picture in brief about different

training methods available.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



UNIT ? IV


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Need for Development



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

This unit is concerned with the concept of Development of Human

Resources of the organization. It focuses on the following phenomena:

Need for Development

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Differences between Training and Development

Management Development Programs

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Evaluation of Programs

Employee Appraisal Methods

Learning Objectives:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Determine training objectives fro a specific program

Identify several sources outside one`s own organization where

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

development programs could be obtained

Compare the relative merits of developing a program in-house

versus purchasing it from an outside source

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


List out the activities in employer designed program

Compare various types of training materials and describe how

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

they are prepared

Point out some of the constraints to scheduling programs and

suggest ways of dealing with them.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Define evaluation and explain its role in Human Resource

Development

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Compare different framework for HRD evaluation




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Introduction:


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Now let us discuss in detail about what is development in management

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

parlance, the need for development and the difference between training and

development.

There are three terms which are used in the context of learning ?

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


education, training and development. Though these three are different and

unique from each other, many times they are interchangeably used in place of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

one another. The term education is used in a broader sense involving the

development of an individual socially, mentally and physically. Therefore, at

this juncture the understanding of the nature of training and development is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


important.

Training:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Training typically involves providing the employees the knowledge and

skills needed to do a particular task or a job through attitude change.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


It is concerned with imparting and developing specific skills for a

particular purpose. For example, Flippo has defined training as the act of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

increasing the skills of an employee for doing a particular job. Thus, training is

a process of learning a sequence of programmed behaviour. This behaviour,

being programmed, is relevant to a specific phenomenon, that is, a job.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Development:

The term Development refers broadly to the nature and direction of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

change induced in employees, particularly managerial personnel through the

process of training and educative process. National Industrial Conference Board

has defined development as follows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Managerial Development is all those activities and programmes when

recognized and controlled, have substantial influence in changing the capacity of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


the individual to perform his assignment better and in doing so are likely in

increase his potential for future assignments.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Thus managerial development is not merely training or a combination of

various training programmes, though some kind of training is necessary; it is the

overall development of the competency of managerial personnel in the light of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the present requirement as well as the future requirement. For example, S. B.

Budhiraja, former Managing Director of Indian Oil Corporation, has viewed that:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Any activity designed to improve the performance of existing managers

and to provide for a planned growth of managers to meet future organizational

requirements is management development.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Development has a long term focus on preparing for future work

responsibilities, while also increasing the capacities of employees to perform

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

their current jobs.



Training and Development ? A comparison:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Thus, training and development differ from each other in terms of their

objectives and consequently in terms of their contents. Steinmetz has

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

differentiated the two concepts as follows:



Training is a short-term process utilizing a systematic and organized

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


procedure by which non-management personnel learn technical knowledge and

skills for a definite purpose. Development is a long-term educational process

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

utilizing a systematic and organized procedure by which managerial personnel

learn conceptual and theoretical knowledge for general purpose.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Four `W's bring out the differences between training and

development as follows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Training

Development

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


WHO?

Non-managerial personnel

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Managerial personnel

WHAT?

Technical and mechanical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Conceptual skills

WHY?

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

For specific task/job

For various jobs

WHEN?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Shot-term

Long-term

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Source: Human Resource Management ? L. M. Prasad




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Training and development is considered as a continuum. Training-

development continuum has manual training at the one end and philosophy at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the other end. The training-development continuum contains the following

stages:

Manual Skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Specific job techniques

Techniques

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Concepts

Philosophy

The manual training is given to operatives for performing specific jobs.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


As it progresses, we find more emphasis on other points of the continuum.

Managerial personnel have greater needs for conceptual and human relations

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

skills as compared to job-related skills. Therefore, their need for training does

not remain confined to the development of skills needed for specific jobs. They

require skills and competence for future managerial jobs besides their present of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


contents rather than on account of process involved.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Need for Training and Development

There is continuous pressure for efficiency and if the organization does

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

not respond to this pressure, it may find itself rapidly losing its market. Training

imparts skills and knowledge to employees in order that they contribute to the

organization`s efficiency and be able to cope up with the pressures of changing

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


environment. The viability of an organization depends to a considerable extent

on the skills of different employees, especially that of managerial cadre, to relate

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the organization with its environment. Therefore, in any organization, there is no

question of whether to train its employees or not, the only choice is that of

following a particular method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Bass has identified three factors which necessitate continuous training in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

an organization. These factors are technological advances, organizational

complexity and human relations. All these factors are related to each other.

Training and development can play the following role in an organization.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Increases Efficiency. Training increases skills for doing a job in better

way. This is more important in the context of changing technology

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

because the old method of working may not be relevant. As such,

training is required even to maintain minimum level of output.

2. Increases Morale. Training increases morale of employees. High morale

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


is evidenced by employee enthusiasm. Training increases employee

morale by relating their skills with their job requirements. Possession of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

skills necessary to perform a job well often tends to meet human needs

such as security and ego satisfaction. Trained employees can see the

jobs in more meaningful way.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


3. Better Human Relations. Training increases the quality of human

relations in an organization. Growing complexity of organizations has

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

led to various human problems like inter-personal and inter-group


problems. These problems can be overcome by suitable human relation

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

training.

4. Reduced Supervision. Trained employees require less supervision.

Autonomy and freedom can be given if the employees are trained

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


properly to handle their jobs without the help of supervision. With

reduced supervision, a manager can increase his span of control in the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

organization which saves cost to the organization.

5. Increased Organizational Viability and Flexibility. There is no greater

organizational asset than trained personnel, because these people can

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


turn the other assets into productive whole. Viability relates to survival

of the organization during bad days and flexibility relates to sustain its

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

effectiveness despite the loss of its key personnel and making short-term

adjustment with the existing personnel. Such adjustment is possible if

the organization has trained people who can occupy the positions vacated

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


by key personnel. The organization, which does not prepare a second

line of personnel who can ultimately take the charge of key personnel,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

may not be successful in the absence of such key personnel for whatever

the reason.

MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


After having understood the concept of development and its need in the

organization, let us now turn our attention on Management Development

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Programs.

As we begin this session, we have to verify whether the following

statements are true or false?

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The best way to learn any new skill is to learn it on the job.

The lecture method is a very poor method to use for training purposes.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


It is relatively easy to come up with questions to stimulate useful group

discussion.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Generally, the more bells and whistles that you can put in a computer

slide presentation, the better.

In more cases, when trainers have trainees discuss a case study, this is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


little more than time filler or a chance for the trainer to take a break from

lecturing.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Computer-based training has become the dominant form of delivery

method across a wide variety of HRD applications.

This part of discussion, we will focus in more detail on the array of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


methods available for conducting training and development programs. Some of

the most exciting developments in HRD concern the increased use of technology

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in program implementation.

TRAINING DELIVERY METHODS

Clearly, training is intended to increase the expertise of trainees in a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


particular area. When thinking about what training method (or methods) to use,

it is useful to consider the current level of expertise that trainees possess. As

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

trainees level of expertise increases, the desired or ideal training methods are

also likely to shift more toward exploratory or experiential methods. As

experiential methods generally require more time to complete than instruction-

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


centered approaches, they are not as commonly used to reach large number of

individuals. An effective training or HRD program should first identify where

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

trainees stand, and then provide assistance for all trainees to move up toward

an expert level of performance. In many situations, both guided and experiential

approaches will be used, for example, when organizations combine the use of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


lecture, discussion, case studies, behavior modeling, role playing, and games or

simulations. Each of these methods of training delivery will be described below.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Training methods can be classified by whether they take place on the job

versus away from the employee`s normal work setting. We will first discuss on-

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the-job methods, and then discuss classroom approaches. Yet a third category of

training methods includes those that use a self paced or individualized approach.

For example, computer training can take place on the job (e.g., when an

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


employee works at a computer at his or her desk) or in a computerized

classroom. However, much of the recent growth of computer training has used a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

self-paced approach (e.g., CD-ROM, Web-based, or distance learning) that may

be done in a variety of different settings.

ON-THE-JOB TRAINING (OJT) METHODS

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


On-the-job training (OJT) involves conducting training at a trainee`s regular

workplace (desk, machine, etc.) This is the most common form of training; most

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

employees receive at least some training and coaching on the job. Any type of

one-on-one instruction between coworkers or between the employee and the

supervisor can be classified as OJT. Structured OJT programs are generally

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


conducted by an assigned trainer who is recognized, rewarded, and trained to

provide appropriate instructional techniques. A survey of OJT practices found

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

that 1) supervisors, coworkers, and to a lesser degree, HRD staff members

conducted most of the situational techniques; 2) a majority of organizations

provided train-the-trainer programs for these assigned OJT programs. Formal

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


OJT has two distinct advantages over classroom training. First, OJT facilitates

the transfer of learning to the job because the trainee has an immediate

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

opportunity to practice the work tasks on the job. Transfer of learning is

enhanced because the learning environment is the same as the performance

environment. Second, OJT reduces training costs because no training facilities

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


are needed.

There are, however, several limitations to OJT. First, the job site may

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

have physical constraints, noise, and other distractions that could inhibit


learning. Many of these cannot be changed because of the nature of the job.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Second, using expensive equipment for training could result in costly damage or

disruption of the production schedule. Third, using OJT while customers are

present may inconvenience them and temporarily reduce the quality of service.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Fourth, OJT involving heavy equipment or chemicals may threaten the safety of

others who are working in close proximity. Precautions should be taken by the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

trainer to minimize the potential problems from these four areas.

In many cases, OJT is used in conjunction with off-the-job training. A

study of best OJT practices in Great Britain found the OJT was much more

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


likely to be successful when it was operated in a systematic fashion, when there

was clear top management support, and when line managers were committed to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

it. Further, for complex jobs, OJT was more line managers were committed to it.

Further, for complex jobs. OJT was more effective when classroom training,

OJT, and computer-based training were used in combination.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


There are four OJT techniques, such as job instruction training (JIT), job

rotation, coaching, and mentoring.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

JOB INSTRUCTION TRAINING (JIT)

JIT is defined as a sequence of instructional procedures used by the

trainer to train employee while they work in their assigned job. It is a form of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


OJT. The content of a JIT program is distinguished by its simplicity. A simple

four-step process that helps the trainer to prepare the worker, present the task,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

allow for practice time, and follow-up. Preparing the workers is important

because they need to know what to expect. Preparation may include providing

employees with a training manual, handouts, or other training or job aids that

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


can be used as references. Presenting the task should be carried out in such a

way that the trainee understands and can replicate the task. Some trainers

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

demonstrate the task before asking the trainee to repeat the process. Practice

time is important for the trainee to master a particular set of skills. Finally, the


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

trainer needs to conduct a follow-up as a way of ensuring that the trainee is

making progress. During this follow-up session, the trainer should apply

coaching techniques when appropriate. The role of the trainer in this approach is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


to guide the learners and help them to discover potential problems and find

solutions on their own. The instructor can then provide feedback and reinforce

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

learning.

The success of JIT depends on the ability of the trainer to adapt his or

her own style to the training process. The trainer, particularly if this person is the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


trainee`s coworker or supervisor, should have an opportunity to assess the

trainee`s needs before beginning the training material is too difficult or too easy,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the OJT trainer should adjust the material or techniques to fit the needs of the

trainee.

JOB ROTATION

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


So far we have discussed techniques that are intended to develop job-

related skills. Job rotation is similar in intent, but with this approach the trainee

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

is generally expected to learn more by observing and doing than by receiving

instruction Rotation, as the term implies, involves a series of assignments to

different positions or departments for a specified period of time. During this

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


assignment, the trainee is supervised by a department employee, usually a

supervisor, who is responsible for orienting, training, and evaluation the trainee.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Throughout the training cycle, the trainee is expected to learn about how each

department functions, including some key roles, policies, and procedures. At the

end of the cycle, the accumulated evaluations will be used to determine the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


preparedness of the trainee and if and where the person will be permanently

assigned. Job rotation is frequently used for first-level management training,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

particularly for new employees. When this technique is used, it is generally

assumed that new managers need to develop a working knowledge of the

organization before they can be successful mangers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



COACHING AND MENTORING

Two other forms of on-the-job training, coaching and mentoring, also

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


involve one-on-one instruction. Coaching typically occurs between an employee

and that person`s supervisor and focuses on examining employee performance

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

and taking actions to maintain effective performance and correct performance

problems. In mentoring a senior manager is paired with a more junior employee

for the purpose of giving support, helping the employee learn the ropes, and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


preparing the employee for increasing responsibility.

CLASSROM TRAINING APPROACHES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



We define classroom training approaches as those conducted outside of

the normal work setting. In this sense, a classroom can be any training space

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


away from the work site, such as the company cafeteria or a meeting room.

While many organizations capitalize on whatever usable space they have

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

available to conduct training sessions, some larger organization (including

McDonald`s, Motorola, Dunkin Donuts, and Pillsbury) maintain facilities they

serve as freestanding training centers. These training centers operate as a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


company college (McDonald`s refers to its center as Hamburger U.), with

curricula that include courses covering a wide range of skill and content areas.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Dell computer calls their area Dell Learning, to signify that it includes more than

simply classroom training.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Conducting training away from the work setting has several advantages

over on-the-job training. First, classroom settings permit the use of a variety of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

training techniques, such as video, lecture, discussion, role playing, and

simulation. Second, the environment can be designed or controlled to minimize

distractions and create a climate conducive to learning. Third, classroom settings

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


can accommodate large numbers of trainees than the typical on-the-job setting,

allowing for more efficient delivery of training. On the other hand, two potential

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

disadvantages of classroom methods, as a group, include increased costs (such


as travel and the rental or purchase and maintenance of rooms and equipment)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

and dissimilarity to the job setting, making transfer of training more difficult.



Five primary categories of classroom training include.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


1.

Lecture

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

2.

Discussion

3.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Audiovisual media

4.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Experiential methods

5.

Self-paced or computer-based training

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


THE LECTURE APPROACH

The lecture method involves the oral presentation of information by a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

subject-matter expert to group of listeners One of the reasons the lecture method

is so popular is that it is an efficient way of transmitting factual information to a

large audience in a relatively short amount of time. When used in conjunction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


with visual aids, such as slides, charts, maps, and handouts, the lecture can be an

effective way to facilitate the transfer of theories, concepts, procedures, and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

other factual material.



However, the lecture method has been widely criticized, particularly

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


because it emphasizes one-way communication. Lecture method perpetuates the

traditional authority structure of organization, thus promoting negative behavior

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

(such as passivity and boredom) and is poorly suited for facilitating transfer of

training and individualizing training. Similarly, the lecture has little value in

facilitating attitudinal and behavioral charges. Trainees must be motivated to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


learn because when it is used alone, the lecture method does not allow for

eliciting audience responses. The lecture method lacks sharing of ideas among

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the trainees, without dialogue, the trainees may not be able to put things into a

common perspective that makes sense to them.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



The research is needed to identify the conditions under which the lecture

method is effective as well as ways to improve its effectiveness. First, it is safe

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


to say that interesting lectures promote greater learning than dull lectures do.

Therefore, trainers should make every effort to make their lectures as interesting

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

as possible. Some experienced trainers have argued that younger workers (i.e,

those under thirty) are especially likely to tune out lectures that they perceive to

be uninteresting or irrelevant. Second, there are likely to be advantages to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


supplementing the lecture with other methods (including discussion, video, and

role playing), particularly when abstract or procedural material is to be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

presented. These combinations can increase two-way communication and

facilitate greater interaction with the material.

THE DISCUSSION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The discussion method involves the trainer in two-way communication

with the trainees, and the trainees in communication with each other. It offers

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

trainees an opportunity for feedback, clarification, and sharing points of view.

This technique can overcome some of the limitations of the straight lecture

method. The success of this method is dependent upon the ability of the trainer

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


to initiate and manage class discussion by asking one or more of the following

types of questions.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Direct questions can be used to illustrate or produce a very narrow

response.

Reflective questions can be used to mirror what someone else has said to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


make sure the message was received as intended.

Open-ended questions can be used to challenge the trainees to increase

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

their understanding of specific topic.

The discussion method has several limitations. First, a skilled facilitator

is needed to manage the discussion process. Second, sufficient time must be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



available for meaningful discussion to take place. Third, trainees need to have a

common reference point for meaningful discussion to occur. Assigning reading

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


material before the discussion session can help overcome this obstacle.

AUDIOVISUAL MEDIA

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Both the lecture and discussion method are limited in their ability to

adequately portray dynamic and complex events. Audiovisual methods take

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


advantage of various media to illustrate or demonstrate the training material.

Audiovisual media can bring complex events to life by showing and describing

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

details that are often difficult to communication in other ways. Audiovisual

methods can be classified into three groups: static media, dynamic media, and

telecommunications.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


STATIC MEDIA. Static media typically involve fixed illustrations that use

both words and images, for example, printed materials, slides, and overhead

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

transparencies. Printed materials, such as handouts, charts, guides, reference

books, and textbooks, allow trainees to keep the material, referring to it before,

during, and after the training session. Sliders are often used in ways similar to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


printed materials, but by projecting computer-or camera-generated images onto

a screen, they can serve as a common focus for discussion. Overhead

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

transparencies also allow the trainer to project printed materials or other images

on a screen.

DYNAMIC MEDIA. Techniques that present dynamic sequences of events are

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


considered dynamic media and include audiocassettes and compact discs (CDs).

Film, videotape, and videodisc. There are literally thousands of commercially

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

produced films and videos available to HRD professionals through film

libraries, professional societies, and retail outlets. Many training vendors

emphasize the sale or rental of training videos. In addition, many organizations

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


are able to produce their own videos at relatively low cost. One limitation of

this technique is that trainers may rely too much on the film or video, and focus

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


too little on the training content. Such reliance can lead to complacency among

trainees who view the films and videos as entertainment, rather then as

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

opportunities to learn.



TELECOMMUNICATION. The transmission of training programs to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


different locations via telecommunication is now possible with the advent of

satellite, microwave, cable (CATV), and fiber-optic networks. Linking several

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

locations for instructional and conference purposes, known as instructional

television (ITV), OR interactive television, allows entire courses to be televised.

For example, colleges and universities are increasingly offering both bachelor`s

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


master`s degrees delivered entirely by cable television and satellite. Given the

choices available, HRD professionals must select the most appropriate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

audiovisual method for each particular HRD program. Kearsley made five

primary recommendation concerning media selection:

1.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Identify the media attributes required by the conditions, performance, or

standards of each instructional objective.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

2.

Identify student characteristics that suggest or preclude particular media.

3.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Identify characteristics of the learning environment

4.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Identify practical considerations that may determine which media are

feasible.

5.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Identify economic or organizational factors that may determine which

media are feasible.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

EXPERIENTIAL METHODS

So far, we have discussed training methods that focus primarily on

presentation of training content. In many of these methods, such as video and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


lecture, the learner


Experiential learning advocates, such as David Kolb, argue that effective

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


learning requires active engagement on the part of the learner. Keys and Wolfe

summarize this point of view as follows:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Experientialists believe that effective learning is an active experience

that challenges the skills, knowledge, and beliefs of participants. This is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


accomplished by creating a contrived, yet realistic, environment that is both

challenging and psychologically safe for the participants investigate and to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

employ new concepts, skills, and behaviors. Experiential

training

methods

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


commonly used in organizations include case studies, games and simulations,

role playing, and behavior modeling. Each of these methods is described below.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

CASE STUDIES: One way to help trainees learn analytical and problem-

solving skills is by presenting story (called a case) about people in an

organization who are facing a problem or decision. Cases may be faced on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


actual events involving real people in an organization, or they can be fictional.

Case studies are included in college text books and courses in management,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

public administration, law, sociology, and similar subjects. They are

increasingly available using video and other media.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


While cases vary in complexity and detail, trainees should be given

enough information to analyze the situation and recommend their own solutions.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

In solving the problem, the trainees are generally required to use a rational

problem-solving process that includes the following steps:


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


1. Restating important facts

2. Drawing inferences from the facts

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

3. stating the problem or problems

4. developing alternative solutions and then stating consequences of each

5. determining and supporting a course of action

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Proponents of the case study method argue that this form of problem

solving within a management setting offers illustrations of the concepts students

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


are respected to learn and use, improves communications skills, and facilities

the linking between theory and practice. Proponents also claim that cases allow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

students discuss, share, and debate the merits of different inferences, problems,

and alternative courses of action. Such insight can help students to develop

better analytical skills and improve their ability to integrate new information.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




The case study method also has vigorous critics who argue that it can

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cause groupthink, focuses too much on the past, limits the teaching role of the

trainer, reduces the learner`s ability to draw generalizations, reinforces passively

on the part of the learner, and promotes the quantity of interaction among

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


students at the expense of the quality of interaction. Andrews and Noel claim

that cases often lack realistic complexity and a sense of immediacy, and inhabit

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

development of the ability to collect and distill information. In addition, trainees

may get caught up in the details of the situation, at the expense of focusing on

the larger issues and concepts they are trying to learn.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


To overcome these limitations, the trainer should make expectations

clear and provide guidance when needed. In addition, the trainer must

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

effectively guide the discussion portion of the case study to ensure trainees have

an opportunity to explore differing assumptions and positions they have taken

and the rationale for what constitutes effective responses to the case. The point

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


in discussing cases is not to find the right solution, but to be able to provide a

reasoned and logical rationale for developing a course of action. Variations in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the case method have also been proposed. One such variation, called a living

case, has trainees analyze a problem they and their organization are currently

facing.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



BUSINESS GAMES AND SIMULATIONS.

Business

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


games

are

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

intended to develop or refine problem-solving and decision-making skills. This

technique tends to focus primarily management decisions (such as maximizing

profits).

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Business games, particularly computer simulations of organizations and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

industries, and widely used in business schools. A review of sixty-one studies

reported support for the effectiveness of business games in strategic

management courses. Whether these results can be generalized to organizational

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


setting is still an open question.

The object of this technique is to force the trainees to make decisions in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

the allotted time period. Since there is usually insufficient time to read each

document and respond, the trainees must make quick and accurate decisions.

The trainees are evaluated not only on the quality of their decision but also on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


their ability to prioritize and to deal effectively with all of the critical

documents. Research on the in-basket technique has shown it to be successful

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

both in improving trainee effectiveness and in predicting managerial

effectiveness, either alone or in combination with other devices.

One limitation of business games and simulations is that while they can

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


be quite complex, these techniques often lack the realistic complexity and

information present in real organizations. Factors such as organizational history

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

and politics, social pressures, the risks and consequences of alternatives, and the

organization`s culture are difficult to replicate in a simulation. This may

undermine the extent to which what is learned in the game or simulation will

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


transfer back to the job.

In addition, many games and simulations emphasize the use of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

quantitative analysis in making business decisions and underplay the importance

of interpersonal issues in managerial effectiveness. It has also been argued that

the popularity of simulation techniques is based more on circumstantial evidence

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



than on rigorous evaluative research, but because simulations are used in

conjunction with other techniques, isolating their effect in research has been

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


difficult.

ROLE PLAYS.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

In the role-playing technique, trainees are presented with

an organizational situation, assigned a role or character in the situation, and

asked to act out the role with one or more other trainees. The role play should

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


offer trainees an opportunity for self-discovery and learning. For example, a

management development program could include a role-play situation

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

emphasizing interpersonal conflict between a manager and a subordinate.

Management trainees would have an opportunity to role play both the manager

and the subordinate role, in order to better understand some of the dynamics of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


this situation, as well as practice interpersonal skills. The value of this technique

is enhanced by conducting a feedback session following the role play, in which

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

trainees and the trainer critique the role player`s performance.



While self-discovery and opportunity to practice interpersonal skills are

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


outcomes of role playing, this method does have some limitations. First, as

discussed earlier, some trainees may feel intimidated by having to act out a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

character (and possible be videotaped doing so). A second limitation of the

technique is the extent to which the trainees are able to transfer this learning to

their job. Some trainees may perceive this role playing as artificial or as fun and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


games, but not as a legitimate learning tool. Trainees who do not take this

technique seriously may interfere with other trainees` learning the trainer must

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

manage the process effectively and keep reinforcing the importance

participation.

BEHAVIOR MODELING: Social learning theory (see Chapter 2) suggests

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


that many of our behavior patterns are learned from observing others. This

theory forms the basis for behavioral modeling. In organizations, employees

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

learn all kinds of behaviors (some work related and some not), from observing


supervisors, managers, union leaders, and coworkers who serve as role models.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Under normal conditions, role models can have a tremendous influence on

individual behavior.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


In this technique, trainees observe a model performing a target behavior

correctly (usually on film or video). This is followed by a discussion of the key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

components of the behavior, practicing the target behavior through role playing,

and receiving feedback and reinforcement for the behavior they demonstrate.

Behavior modeling is widely used for interpersonal skill training and is a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


common component of many management training programs.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Research has shown behavior modeling to be an effective training

technique and will be described in greater detail in our discussion of

management development.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


SELF-PACED/COMPUTER-BASED

TRAINING

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

MEDIA

AND

METHODS

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Computers have had an enormous impact on the delivery of training in

organizations. It is estimated that majority of organizations use computer-based

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

training (CBT) via CD-ROM in their training programs, with other multimedia-

based efforts certainly pushing the number of computer-based training

approaches much higher than this. One of the biggest influences of the growth of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CBT is the advent of microcomputers and the rapid increase in their capabilities.

In the early days of CBT, one had to have access to terminals connected to a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

mainframe computer and software that was time-sharing with other business

computing needs. PCs are now present in virtually all organizations, and

important advances in hardware and software are occurring at a dizzying pace.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




The primary advantage CBT has over other methods of training is its

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

interactivity. The interaction between the learner and the computer in many CBT

programs mirrors the one-on-one relationship between student and tutor:

questions and responses can go back and forth, resulting in immediate feedback.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


COMPUTER-AIDED INSTRUCTION (CAI). CAI programs can range

from electronic workbooks, using the drill-and-practice approach, to compact

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) presentation of a traditional training

program. CAI software packages are available at relatively low cost for a wide

range of materials, from teachings basic skills such as reading and typing, to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


highly technical scientific, engineering, and machine maintenance topics. CAI

programs are available not only as part of business software programs (like the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

tutorial programs that come with such word-processing packages as Microsoft

Word) but also through retail outlets, and some have become software best-

sellers. Some organizations custom design software from scratch or modify

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


existing programs to meet their unique needs. Multimedia programs offer an

improvement over the more traditional CAI programs because they provide

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

more appealing visual and audio content.



The effectiveness of CAI can be measured by changes in productivity

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


and profits. Reinhard reported that a four hour CAI program, which trained sales

representatives on selling a piece of computer software, resulted in additional

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

revenues of $4.6 million for Xerox. Another measure of effectiveness is a cost-

benefit analysis that compares CAI to other techniques. A financial institution in

New York, which was paying trainees while they waited for available classroom

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


training programs, switched to CAI and realized enough savings to offset the

development cost of the CAI program.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Some critics worry about the loss of personal interaction between a

human trainer and the learner, and suggest that reliance on CBT may restrain the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


development of interpersonal skills.

INTERNET- AND INTRANET-BASED TRAINING. The Internet is one

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of the fastest growing technological phenomena the world has ever seen. Today,

tens of millions of computers are connected to one another via modems,


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

telephone and cable lines, supper conduction (ISDN) transmission lines, and the

Internet.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Intranet-based training (IBT) uses internal computer networks for

training purposes. Through IBT, HRD professionals are able to communicate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

with learners, conduct needs assessment and other administrative tasks, transmit

course materials and other training documents, and administer tests at any time

and throughout the organization, whether an employee is in the United States or

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


located overseas. IBT is powerful delivery system for large international

organizations.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

INTELLIGENT COMPUTER-ASSISTED INSTRUCTION. ICAI goes

beyond CAI in terms of flexibility and the ability to qualitatively evaluate

learner performance. Whereas a typical CAI program may allow the learner to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


select from among several levels of presentation (novice, intermediate, etc.), an

ICAI program is able to discern the learner`s capability from the learner`s

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

response patterns and by analyzing the learner`s errors. The goal of ICAI

systems is to provide learners with an electronic teacher`s assistant that can

patiently offer advice to individual learners, encourage learner practice, and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


stimulate learners` curiosity through experimentation. This would potentially

make the teacher more available for more creative endeavors, or for helping

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

learners to overcome subtle or difficult problems beyond the capability of ICAI.




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


EVALUATION OF DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS:



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

This topic leads to the following questions:

How do you actually evaluate training and HRD programs?

What measures can be used to evaluate training programs?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Is there one best model or framework to use to evaluate training?


What important issues should be considered as one prepares to evaluate

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


HRD programs?

What are the ethical issues involved in evaluation HRD programs?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To what extent can the value of HRD programs be expressed in terms of

costs and benefits, or dollars and cents?

Now, we will discuss how to answer the question upon which HRD evaluation is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


based:



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

This chapter concentrates on definition of HRD evaluation, its purposes,

the options available for conducting and evaluation of HRD programs and

discuss how evaluation findings can be communicated.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


THE PURPOSE OF HRD EVALUATION

HRD evaluation is defined as the systematic collection of descriptive

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

and judgmental information necessary to make effective training decisions

related to the selection, adoption, value, and modification of various

instructional activities.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


This definition highlights some important points. First, when conducting an

evaluation, both descriptive and judgmental information may be collected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Second, evaluation also involves the systematic collection of information

according to a predetermined plan or method to ensure that the information is

appropriate and useful. Finally, evaluation is conducted to help managers,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


employees and HRD professionals make informed decisions about particular

programs and methods. Evaluation can serve a number of purpose within the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

organization. According to Phillips, evaluation can help to do the following:

Determine whether a program is accomplishing its objectives

Identify the strengths and weaknesses of HRD programs, which can need to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


changes, as needed.

Determine the cost-benefit ratio of an HRD program

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Decide who should participate benefited the most or least from the program

Reinforce major points to be made to the participants

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Gather data to assist in marketing future programs

Determine if the program was appropriate

Establish a database to assist management in making decisions

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Better and more informed decision making, then, is an important benefit of

conducting an HRD evaluation. But there are other benefits as well Zenger and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Hargis identified three additional reasons for conducting HRD evaluation:

1. If HRD staff cannot substantiate its contribution to the organization, its

funding and program may be cut during the budgeting process,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


especially when the organization faces tough times.

2. Evaluation can build credibility with top managers and others in the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

organization.

3. Senior management often wants to know the benefits of HRD program.

Thus, evaluation is a critical step in the HRD process. It is the only way one can

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


know whether an HRD program has fulfilled its objectives.

MODELS AND FRAMEWORKS OF EVALUATION

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

A model of evaluation outlines the criteria for and focus of the evaluation effort.

Because an HRD program can be examined from a number of perspectives, it is

important to specify which perspectives will be considered. While the different

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


models and frameworks share some features, they also differ in significant ways.

Let us discuss some of the important models of evaluation.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

KIRKPATRICK'S EVALUATION FRAMEWORK

The most popular and influential framework for training evaluation was

articulated by Kirkpatrick. Kirkpatrick argues that training efforts can be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


evaluated according to four criteria: reaction, learning, job behavior, and results.


1. Reaction (Level 1) Did the trainees like the program and feel it was

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


useful? At this level, the focus is on the trainees` perceptions about the

program and its effectiveness. This is useful information. Positive

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

reactions to a training program may make it easier to encourage

employees to attend future programs. But if trainees did not like the

program or think they didn`t learn anything (even if they did), they may

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


discourage others form attending and may be reluctant to use the skills or

knowledge obtained in the program. The main limitation of evaluating

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

HRD programs at the reaction level is that this information cannot

indicate whether the program met its objective beyond ensuring

participant satisfaction.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


2. Learning (Level 2) Did the trainees learn what the HRD objectives said

they should learn? This is an important criterion, one many in the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

organization would expect an effective HRD program to satisfy.

Measuring whether someone has learned something in training may

involve a quiz or test ? clearly a different method from assessing the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


participant`s reaction to the program.

3. Job Behavior (Level 3) Does the trainee use what was learned in training

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

back on the job? (Recall our discussion of transfer of training in Chapter

3) this is also a critical measure of training success. We all know

coworkers who have learned how to do something but choose not to. If

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


learning does not transfer to the job, the training effort cannot have an

impact on the employee`s or organization`s effectiveness. Measuring

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

whether training has transferred to the job requires observation of the

trainee`s on-the-job behaviour or viewing organizational records (e.g.,

reduced customer complaints, a reduction in scrap rate).

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


4. Results (Level 4) Has the training or HRD effort improved the

organization`s effectiveness? Is the organization more efficient, more

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


profitable, or base to serve its clients or customers as a result of the

training program? Meeting this criterion is considered to be the most

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

challenging level to assess, given that many things beyond employee

performance can affect organizational performance. Typically at this

level, economic and operating data (such as sales or waste) are collected

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


and analyzed.

Kirkpatick`s framework provides a useful way of looking at the possible

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

consequences of training and reminds us that HRD efforts often have multiple

objectives. It has sometimes been assumed that each succeeding level

incorporates the one prior to it, finally culminating in what many people

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


consider to be the ultimate contribution of any organizational activity:

improving the organization`s effectiveness. However, one of the more enduring

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

(and in our view, depressing) findings about HRD evaluation is the extent to

which most organizations do not collect information on all four types of

evaluation outcomes. For instance, in the 2000 State of the Industry Report

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


(ASTD), a survey of over 500 organizations reported the following: 77 percent

collected reaction measures, 36 percent collected learning measures, 15 percent

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

collected behavior measures, and 8 percent collected results measures. 15

percent collected behaviour measures, and 8 percent collected results measures.

Perhaps even more surprising, even the subgroup of organizations that ASTD

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


highlighted as training investment leaders reported only slightly higher usage

of these measures (80 percent, 43 percent, 16 percent, and 9 percent). It does

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

raise an important question as to why these usage rates are so low, particularly

for behavioural and results measures, as these would seem to provide

organizations with vital, even invaluable information.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




While most discussions about training and HRD evaluation are

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

organized around Kirkpatrick`s four levels of criteria, Kirkpatrick`s approach

has increasingly been the target of criticism and modification. First, some


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

authors point out that the framework evaluates only what happens after training,

as opposed to the entire training process. A second line of criticism is that what

Kirkpatrick proposed would be better described as a taxonomy of outcomes,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


rather that a true model of training outcomes.

OTHER FRAMEWORK AND MODELS OF EVALUATION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Training researchers have attempted to expand Kirkpatrick`s ideas to develop a

model that provides a more complete picture of evaluation and encourages

practitioners to do a more thorough job of evaluation. Several authors have

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


suggested modifications to Kirkpatrick`s four-level approach that keep the

framework essentially intact. These include.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Expanding the reaction level to include assessing the participants`

reaction to the training methods and efficiency

Splitting the reaction level to include assessing participants` perceptions

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


of enjoyment, usefulness (utility), and the difficulty of the program

Adding a fifth level (beyond results) to address the societal contribution

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

and outcomes created by an HRD program

Adding a fifth level (beyond results) to specifically address the

organization`s return on investment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Galvin, building upon studies in the education field, suggested the CIPP

(Context, Input, Process, Product) model. In this model, evaluation

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

focuses on measuring the context for training (needs analysis), inputs to

training (examining the resources available for training, such as budgets

and schedules), the process of conducting the training program (for

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


feedback to the implementers), and the product, or outcome, of training

(success in meeting program objectives). Galvin also reported survey

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

results indicating that ASTD members preferred the CIPP model of

evaluation to Kirkpatrick`s framework.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Similarly, the CIRO (Context, Input, Reaction, Outcome) model was

offered by Warr el al, The context, input, and outcome evaluations in this model

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


are essentially the same as the context, input, and product evaluations in CIPP,

but CIRO emphasizes trainee reaction as a source of information to improve the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

training program.

Brinkerhoff extends the training evaluation model to six stages:

1.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Goal Setting: What is the need?

2.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Program Design: what will work to meet the need?

3.

Program Implementation: Is it working, with the focus on the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


implementation of the program?

4.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Immediate Outcomes: Did participants learn?

5.

Intermediate or Usage Outcomes: Are the participants using what they

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


learned?

6.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Impacts and Worth: Did it make a worthwhile difference to the

organization?

Brinkerhoff`s model suggests a cycle of overlapping steps, with problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


identified in one step possible caused by things occurring in previous steps.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Bushnell suggests a model also based on a systems view of the HRD

function (i.e., input ? throughput ? output), containing four stages:

1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Input: What goes into the training effort? This consists of performance

indications such as trainee qualification and trainer ability.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

2.

Process: The planning, design, development, and implementation of the

HRD program.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


3.

Output: Trainee reactions, knowledge or skills gained, and improved job

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

behavior.


4.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome: Effects on the organization, including profits, productivity,

and customer satisfaction.

Bushnell states that evaluation measurement can and should occur between each

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


of the stages as well as between the four activities in the process stage to ensure

that the program is will designed and meets its objectives.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



As you might have noticed all of the evaluation frameworks

incorporate Kirkpatrick`s four levels of evaluation in one way or another, either

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


as explicit steps in the model or as information collected within the steps.

In its simplest form, evaluation should address the question of whether

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the training program achieved its objectives. Basing training objectives on needs

assessment information, and then evaluating those objectives, is the most

parsimonious way of summarizing what training evaluation efforts can focus on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


some combination of the following points (depending upon the situation). While

this is only a modest expansion of Kirkpatrick, it highlights some aspects not

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

fully captured by the four levels.



STEPS IN THE PROCES OF EVALUATION:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


1. DATA COLLECTION FOR HRD EVALUATION



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

By definition, any evaluation effort requires the collection of data to

provide decision makers with facts and judgments upon which they can base

their decisions. Three important aspects of providing information for HRD

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


evaluation include data collection methods, types of data, and the use of self-

report data.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

RESEARCH DESIGN

A research is a plan for conducting an evaluation study. Research design

is a complex topic. Research design is critical to HRD evaluation. It specifies

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the expected results of the evaluation study, the methods of data collection, and


how the data will be analyzed. Awareness of research design issues and possible

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


research design alternatives can help managers and HRD professionals do a

better job of conducting evaluations and critiquing the results of evaluation

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

studies.

When evaluating any training or HRD effort, the researcher or HRD

professional would like to have a high level of confidence that any changes

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


observed after the program or intervention were due to that intervention, and not

to some other factor (such as changes in the economy, the organization, or the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

reward structure in place).

ETHICAL ISSUES CONCERNING EVALUATION

Many of the decisions supervisors and HRD professionals make when

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


conducting HRD evaluations have ethical dimensions. While resolving the

paradoxes inherent in ethical dilemmas is no easy task, it is important that these

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

issues be addressed. Actions such as assigning participants to training and

control groups, reporting results, and the actual conduct of the evaluation study

itself all raise ethical questions. Schmitt and Klimoski have identified four

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


ethical issue of confidentiality.

CONFIDENTIALITY

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Some evaluation research project involves asking participants questions about

their own or other job performance. The results of these inquiries may be

embarrassing or lead to adverse treatment by others if they are made public. For

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


example, if evaluation of a management development seminar involves asking

participants their opinion of their supervisors, supervisor may become angry

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

with participants who report that they don`t think the supervisors are doing a

good job. Similarly, employees who perform poorly or make mistakes on

important outcome measures (like written tests or role-playing exercises) may be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


ridiculed by other employees.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Wherever possible, steps should be taken to ensure the confidentiality of

information collected during an evaluation study. Using code number rather than

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

names, collecting only necessary demographic information, reporting group

rather than individual results, using encrypted computer files, and securing

research materials are all ways to maintain confidentiality. As a result of such

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


efforts, employees may be more willing to participate in the evaluation project.

INFORMED CONSENT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



In many research settings, such as hospitals and academic institutions,

evaluation studies are monitored by a review board to ensure that participants

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


are a ware that they are participating in a study and know its purpose, what they

will be expected to do, and the potential risks and benefits of participating. In

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

addition, participants are asked to sign a form stating that they have been

informed of these facts and agree to participate in the study. This is called

obtaining the participants` informed consent.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


WITHHOLDING TRAINING

Research design involving control groups require that some employees receive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training while other do not. This apparent partiality can be problematic if the

training is believed to improve some employees` performance which could lead

to organizational benefits like a raise or a promotion, or if the training could

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


increase some employees well being, well-being, as in health-related programs.

If the training is expected to be effective, is it fair to train some employees and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

not others just for purposes of evaluation?



There are at least three possible resolutions to this dilemma. First, an

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


unbiased procedure, such as a lottery, can be used to assign employees to

training groups. Second, employees who are assigned to a control group can be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

assured that if the training is found to be effective, they will have the option of

receiving the training at a later time. Third, the research can be modified so that


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

both groups are trained, but at different times. One possible design is illustrated

below.

Group 1:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Measure

Training

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Measure

Measure

Group 1:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Measure

Measure

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Training

Measure


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


In point of fact, when a large number of people are going to be trained in

small groups over a period of time, this type of design is quite feasible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Whatever approach is used, dealing with the issue of withholding training is

often a matter of practicality, in addition to an ethical matter. It is possible, for

example, that employees assigned to a control group may refuse to participate in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the study or be less motivated to complete the outcome measures.

USE OF DECEPTION

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

In some cases, an investigator may feel that the study will yield better

results if employees don`t realize they are in an evaluation study, or if they are

given some false or misleading information during the study. This is most often

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the case when the training is conducted as part of a formal research experiment,

and less likely with more typical organizational evaluation practices.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Nonetheless, we believe this practice is generally unethical and should be used

only as a last resort. Employees who are deceived will probably become angry

with the management, damaging a trust that is difficult to reestablish. Any

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


benefits of the HRD program are likely to be undermined by the effects on

employees who feel that they have been betrayed.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Alternatives to deception should be considered. If deception is used, it

should be as minimal as possible, and employees in the study should be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


informed of the deception and the reasons for it as soon as the participation in

the study ends.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

PRESSURE TO PRODUCE POSITIVE RESULTS


HRD professionals and their managers may feel pressure to make certain that

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

the results of their evaluation demonstrate that the program was effective. This

may be one reason why rigorous evaluation of HRD programs is not done more

often. The HRD people are the ones who design and develop (or purchase),

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


deliver, and evaluate the program. If the evaluation shows the program was not

effective the HRD department may lose funding and support and have their

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

activities curtailed.



Although the possibility exists for fraud in the form of doctoring

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


results, reporting partial results, or setting up biased studies, it is unclear how

often this occurs in HRD evaluation. Given that reports of evaluation fraud in

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

other areas of organizational life are fairly common, one cannot help but have

some concerns about the state of affairs in HRD evaluation.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Professional standards and ethical conduct call for those conducing HRD

evaluations to report complete results. That having been said, it is no doubt

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

difficult for many people to face the potential consequences of bad results. This

leads to our last major topic in this chapter, namely, how to demonstrate that a

trainings intervention has had a positive impact on important organizational

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


measures.

EMPLOYEE APPRAISAL METHODS:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Performance appraisal is the key ingredient of performance management.

In a work group, members, consciously or unconsciously, make opinion about

others. The opinion may be about their quality, behaviour, way of working etc.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Such an opinion becomes basis for interpersonal interaction. In the same way,

superiors from some opinions about their subordinates for determining many

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

things like salary increase, promotion, transfer, etc. in large organizations, this

process is formalized and takes the form of performance appraisal.

CONCEPT OF PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





Appraisal is the evaluation of worth, quality or merit. In the organization

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


context, performance appraisal is a systematic evaluation of personnel by

superiors or others familiar with their performance. Performance appraisal is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

also described as merit rating in which one individual is ranked as better or

worse in comparison to others. The basic purpose in this merit rating is to

ascertain an employee`s eligibility for promotion. However, performance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


appraisal is more comprehensive term for such activities because its use extends

beyond ascertaining eligibility for promotion. Such activities may be training

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

and development, salary increase, transfer, discharge, etc. besides promotion.

Beach has defined performance appraisal as follows:

Performance appraisal is the systematic evaluation of the individual with regard

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


to his or her performance on the job and his potential for development

Thus, performance appraisal is a systematic and objective way of judging the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

relative worth or ability of an employee in performing his job. It emphasizes on

two aspects: systematic and objective. The appraisal is systematic when it

evaluates all performances in the same manner, utilizing the same approaches so

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


that appraisal of different persons is comparable. Such an appraisal is taken

periodically according to the plan: it is not left to chance. Thus, both raters and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

ratees know the system of performance appraisal and its timing. Appraisal has

objectivity also. Its essential feature is that it attempts at accurate measurement

by trying to eliminate human biases and prejudices.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Objectives of Performance Appraisal:

Performance appraisal is undertaken for a variety of reasons as stated below:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

1. Salary increase

2. Promotion

3. Training and development

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


4. Feedback


5. Pressure on employees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Salary increase: Generally salary increase of employee depends on how

he is performing his job. There is continuous evaluation of his

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

performance either formally or informally. The formal performance

analysis discloses how well an employee is performing and how much he

should be compensated by way of salary increase.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2. Promotion: Often organizations use a combination strategy of merit and

seniority for promotion. Performance appraisal discloses how an

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

employee is working in his present job and strengths and weaknesses. In

the light of these, one can decide whether he can be promoted or not.

Similarly, it can be used for transfer and termination of an employee.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Training and Development: As performance appraisal identifies the

strengths and weaknesses of an employee, training and development

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

program can be devised to overcome this.

4. Feedback: Performance appraisal tells an employee where he stands. It

helps him to work better and contribute his efforts for the achievements

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


of the organizational objectives. It provides him satisfaction that his

work is meaningful and creates a proper organizational climate.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

5. Control Mechanism: It puts a pressure on employee for better

performance. If an employee is conscious that he is being appraised, he

tends to have positive behaviour and automatically acts as a control

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


device.

Methods of Performance Appraisal:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



There are various methods of performance appraisal. In fact, each

organization may have its own unique system and method of appraisal. Usually

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


performance appraisal has two bases: i) appraisal of employees, according to

traits, attributes and general behavior on the job, commonly known as trait

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


approach; (ii) appraisal of results, work and goals achieved by the employees,

known as appraisal by results. These two approaches are not mutually exclusive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and can be used in combination. For easy understanding various methods of

employee appraisal are classified as follows:

I Traditional Methods

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


1. Ranking method

2. Paired comparison

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

3. Grading

4. Critical incidents method

5. Graphic scale method

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


6. Essay method

7. Field review method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

II Modern Methods

1. Appraisal by results or objectives

2. Behaviroually anchored rating scales

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


3. Assessment centres

4. 360-degree appraisal

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Ranking Method



Ranking is the oldest and simplest method of appraisal in which a person

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


is ranked against others on the basis of certain traits and characteristics. This is

just like preparing ranks of various examinees in an examination. In the ranking

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

method, various persons are given ranks on the basis of their traits. This is very

simple method when the number of persons to be ranked is small because

ranking has to be given on the basis of traits which are not easily determinable,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


not like marks in an examination.

Paired Comparison

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Paired comparison method is a slight variation of ranking system

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

designed to increase its value for use in the large groups. In this method, each

person is compared with other persons taking only one at a time. Usually only

one trait, overall suitability to perform the job is considered. The rater is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


provided with a bunch of slips each containing a pair of names. The rater puts a

tick mark against the person whom he considers the better of the two, and final

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

ranking is determined by the number of times that person is judged better than

others.

Grading

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




In this method, certain categories of abilities of performance are defined

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

well in advance and persons are put in particular category depending on their

traits and characteristics. Such categories may be definitional like outstanding,

good, average, poor, very poor, or may be in terms of letters like A, B, C, D etc.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


with A indicating the best and D indicating the worst. The actual performance of

the employees is measured against these grades.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Critical Incidents Method



In this method, only critical incidents and behaviour associated with

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


these incidents are taken for evaluation. This method involves three steps. A test

of noteworthy on the job-behaviour (good or bad) is prepared. A group of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

experts then assigns scale values to them depending on the degree of desirability

for the job. Finally, a checklist of incidents which define good and bad

employees is prepared. The rater is given this checklist for rating. The basic idea

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


behind this rating is to apprise the people who can do well in critical situations

because in normal situation, most employees work alike. This method is very

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

useful for discovering potential of employees who can be useful in critical

situation. Such a situation may be quite important for the job.

Graphic scale method

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





Graphic scale, also known as linear rating scale, is the most commonly

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


used method of performance appraisal. In this method, a printed appraisal form

is used for each appraisee. The form contains various employee characteristics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and his job performance. Various characteristics include initiative, leadership,

dependability, cooperativeness, enthusiasm, creative ability, analytical ability

decisiveness, emotional maturity, etc. depending on the level of the employee.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Essay Method



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Instead of using structured forms for performance appraisal, some

companies use free essay method, or sometimes, combines this with other

methods. In essay method, the rater assesses the employees on certain

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


parameters in his own words.

Field review method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



In the field review method, an employee is not appraised by his direct

superior but by another person, usually, from HR department. The basic idea is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


that such a person may take more objective view in appraisal as he is not under

pressure as the superior of the employee may be. The rater, in this case,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

appraises the employee based on his records of output and other quantitative

information such as absenteeism, late coming, etc. the rater also conducts

interviews of the employee and his superior to ascertain qualitative aspects of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


job performance. This method is more suitable for promotion purpose.

II MODERN METHODS:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Appraisal by Results or Objectives



One of the most promising tools of appraisal of employees, particularly

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


at managerial level, is the system of evaluation of managerial performance

against the setting and accomplishing of verifiable objectives. The basic idea is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

that the organization is concerned with the achievement of objectives through


the contributions of individuals rather than on the basis of their traits. It draws

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

its roots from management by objectives.

Behaviorally Anchored Rating Scales (BARS)


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The dissatisfaction with traditional judgmental techniques used for

performance appraisal has led an increasing number of organizations to move

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

towards behaviorally based techniques around 1960s. At the initial stage, some

behaviorally oriented techniques like Behavioral Expectancy Scales (BES) were

developed which were replaced by the more refined scales known as

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


behaviorally anchored rating scales (BARS). Bars approach gets away from

measuring subjective personal traits and instead measures observable, critical

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

behaviors that are related to specific job dimensions. Various steps involved in

developing BARS are as follows:

1. Identification of Performance Measures: The outcome of the effective

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


job performance is identified by knowledgeable people, viz., superiors,

jobholders and HR personnel or combination of them. They identify the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

important dimensions of the job.

2. Identification of Critical Behaviours: The behaviour which is essential

for the effective performance of job is a critical behaviour. They are

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


generated from different dimensions of the job and related to various

critical incidents of the job.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Retranslation of Critical Behaviours: Critical behaviours identified are

retranslated by a different group of personnel. In this process, critical

behaviours are classified into clusters and those approved by majority are

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


kept for further development and others discarded. The idea is to keep

the behaviours into a manageable limit. It ensures reliability.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

4. Scaling of Critical Behaviours: The critical behaviours as identified

above are given scales in numbers with their description. It may range


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

from 1 to 9 demonstrating the perceived level of performance. The value

of scale is determined on the basis of estimates provided during the

retranslation process.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5. Development of the BARS Instrument: The result of arranging scales for

different dimensions of the job (Known as behaviour anchors) produces

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

a vertical scale for each dimension. It is used for performance appraisal.

Assessment Centres


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The concept of assessment centres was initially applied to military

situations in the German army in 1930`s and the War office selection Board of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

the British army in 1960`s. From the army, this concept traveled to business

filed during 1960`s. an assessment centre is a central location where managers

come together and participate in a number of simulated exercises, on the basis of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


which they are evaluated by panel or raters. The evaluation process goes through

2-3days. The Task Force on Development of Assessment Centre Standards has

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

recommended that a technique can be considered as assessment centre only if it

meets the following requirements.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


1. Multiple assessment techniques must be used and at least one of these

techniques must be a simulation.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multiple trained assessors must be used.

3. Judgements must be based on pooled information from all assessors.

4. Evaluation must be made at a time separate from the observation of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


behaviour.

5. Simulation exercises used in this method should first be tested for their

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

reliability, validity and objectivity.

6. The dimensions, attributes, characteristics, or qualities evaluated by the

programme must be determined by an analysis of relevant job behvaiour.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



360-Degree Appraisal


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Another method which can be used to appraise the performance of an

employee is to use 360-degree appraisal. First developed and used in a more

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

formal way by General Electric Company of USA in 1992, this method has

attracted attention of many more companies.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


360-degree appraisal is the process of systematically gathering data on a

person`s skills, abilities and behaviours from a variety of sources-the manager

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

peers, subordinates and even customers and clients. In 360-degree appraisal,

besides appraising the performance of the assessee, his other attributes such as

talents, behaviour, values, and technical considerations are also appraised. How

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


appraisal information is collected from various sources in 360-degree appraisal

is presented below:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Appraisal by Superior



In 360-degree appraisal the superior appraises the employee on various

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


dimensions of the job as may be decided. There are three reasons why the

immediate superior must appraise the performance of his subordinates. First, he

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

is more familiar with his subordinates` performance. Second, he understands

more specifically where his particular subordinate lacks which may be overcome

by training and development. Third, because of the nature of authority

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


relationship, the superior is responsible for getting the things done which

necessitates appraisal of his subordinates. However, many biases are likely to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

emerge in his appraisal, further, he may not be aware fully about many

behvaiours of subordinates which may be important for appraisal.

Appraisal by Peers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Peers of an employee are in a better position to evaluate certain aspects

of his behaviour. Since the employee is more closely linked to his peers at the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

workplace, they may be able to appraise his contribution to the group efforts,


interpersonal effectiveness, communication skills, reliability, initiative, etc.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

however, in such an appraisal, biases are likely to emerge specially if the

appraisal results are used for deciding rewards. Further, appraisal may take the

shape of give and take in which there may be reciprocal appraisal. You rate me

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


good, I will do the same for you.

Appraisal by Subordinates

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Subordinates can appraise their superior in terms of how he facilitates

their working, delegates authority, allocates work and resources, disseminates

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


information, resolves interpersonal conflicts and shows fairness to them.

However, how objective this appraisal is depends on the liberty to which

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

subordinates enjoy in appraising his superior.

Appraisal by Clients


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


An employee`s performance is evaluated by the clients who interact with

the employee. These clients may be suppliers of inputs or customers of output.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

These clients may rate the employee in terms of his providing services to them,

his cooperation, courtesy, dependability and innovativeness.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

ACTIVITIES:

1. Evaluate the development program used in your organization and

suggest measures to improve the same for betterment of employees and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the organization

2. Devise a development program for training the managerial personnel of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the organization in which you are working.

3. Prepare a suitable appraisal method to appraise the performance of

middle level managers of your organization

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





QUESTIONS FOR SELF EVALUATION:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is development?

2. State the differences between training and development.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

3. Enumerate various development programs in the light of their pros and

cons.

4. Describe different methods of evaluation of development programs.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


5. Explain modern methods of employee appraisal.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE:

1. EDWIN B. FLIPPO ? Personnel Management , New York; Mc Graw

Hill

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. JOHN P. CAMPBELL - Personnel Training and Development, Annual

Review of Psychology

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

3. WILLIAM MC GHEE AND PAUL W. THAYER ? Training in

Business and Industry, New York; John Wiley.

***

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





Unit - V

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Lesson ? 1 : Employee Remuneration :

Introduction :

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Wage and salary administration affect levels of employee commitment to the

organisation. However, fascinating the individual`s job assignment is, the

employee must be paid. Pay affects the way people work-how much and how

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


well. A large part of the compensation that people receive from work is

monetary. Although managers are expected to conserve money and distribute it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

wisely, many employees feel that they should get more of it for what they do.

Wages, salaries and many employee benefits and services are form of

compensation.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Contemporary employment reward systems attach great prominence to wages

and salaries. In the evolution of economics, the role of financial rewards has

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

grown. The sophistication of wage and salary administration has increased as

industrialized economies have become more complex. New suggestions for

managing compensation systems are constantly emerging.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Meaning :

Administration of employee compensation is called wage and salary

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

administration.

According to D.S. Beach Wage and Salary Administration refers to the

establishment and implementation of sound policies and practices of employee

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


compensation. It includes such areas as job evaluation, surveys of wage and

salaries, analysis of relevant organizational problems, development and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

maintenance of wage structure, establishing rules for administrating wages,

wage payment incentives, profit sharing, wage changes and adjustments,

supplementary payments, control of compensation costs and other related

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


items.


According to S.P. Robbins. The term compensation administration or wage and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


salary administration denotes the process of managing a company`s

compensation programme. The goals of compensation administration are to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

design a cost-effective pay structure that will attract, motivate and retain

Dr. B. Murali Krishna, Associate Professor, Sri Gowri Degree and P.G. College, Kancharapalem, Visakhapatnam ? 8

competent employees.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The wage and salary administration aims to establish and maintain an equitable

wage and salary structure and an equitable labour cost structure.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Objectives of Wage and Salary Administration :

A sound plan of wage and salary administration seeks to achieve the following

objectives :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


(i)

To establish a fair and equitable compensation offering similar pay for

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

similar work.

(ii)

To attract competent and qualified personnel.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


(iii)

To retain the present employees by keeping wage levels in tune with

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

competitive units.

(iv)

To keep labour and administrative costs in line with the ability of the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


organisation to pay.

(v)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

To improve motivation and morale of employees and to improve union

management relations.

(vi)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


To project a good image of the company and to comply with legal needs

relating to wages and salaries.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

(vii) To establish job sequences and lines of promotion wherever applicable.

(viii) To minimize the chances of favouritism while assigning the wage rates.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


According to D.S. Beach, was and salary administration has four main

purposes.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



To recruit persons for a firm


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



To control payroll costs


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The satisfy people, to reduce the incidence of quitting, grievances and



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

fractions over pay and



To motivate people to perform better.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Principles of Wage and Salary Administration :

The following principles should be followed for an effective wage and salary

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

administration ;

1.

Wage policy should be developed keeping in view the interests of all

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


concerned parties viz., employer, employees, the consumers and the

society.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

2.

Wage and salary plans should be sufficiently flexible or responsive to

changes in internal and external conditions of the organisation.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


3.

Efforts should be made to ensure that differences in pay for jobs are

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

based on variations in job requirements such as skill, responsibility,

efforts and mental and physical requirements.

4.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Wage and salary administration plans must always be consistent with

overall organizational plans and programmes.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

5.

Wage and Salary administration plans must always be in conformity with

the social and economic objectives of the country like attainment of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


equality in income distribution and controlling inflation, etc.

6.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

These plans and programmes should be responsive to the changing local

and national conditions.

7.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Wage and salary plans should expedite and simplify administrative

process.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

8.

Workers should be associated, as far as possible, in formulation and

implementation of wage policy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



9.

An adequate data base and a proper organizational set up should be

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


developed for compensation determination and administration.

10.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The general level of wages and salaries should be reasonably in line with

that prevailing in the labour market.

11.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


There should be a clearly established procedure for hearing and adjusting

wage complaints. This may be integrated with the regular grievance

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

procedure, if it exists.

12.

The workers should receive a guaranteed minimum wage to protect them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


against conditions beyond their control.

13.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Prompt and correct payments to the employees should be ensured and

arrears of payment should not accumulate.

14.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The wage and salary payments must fulfill a wide variety of human

needs including the need for self actualization.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

15.

Wage policy and programme should be reviewed and revised

periodically in conformity with changing needs. For revision of wages, a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


wage committee should also be preferred to the individual judgement

however unbiased of a manager.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Concepts of Wages :

While evolving wage policy, three concepts of wages namely (i) minimum

wages, (ii) fair wages, and (iii) living wages are generally considered. These are

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


broadly based on the needs of the workers, capacity of the employee to pay, and

the general economic conditions prevailing in a country.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Minimum Wage :

Minimum wage is the one which provides, not merely for bare sustenance of life

but also for the preservation of the efficiency of the workers. For this purpose,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the minimum wage must also provide for some measure of education, medical

requirements and amenities. Minimum wage may be tied by an agreement

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


between the management and the workers, but is usually determined through

legislation. This is more so in the unorganized sector where labour is unionized.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

In the fixation of minimum wages, besides the needs of workers, other factors

like ability of the concern to pay, nature of the jobs, etc., are also considered.

Fair Wage :

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Fair wage is understood in two ways. In a narrow sense, wage is fair if it is

equal to the rate prevailing in the same trade and in the neighbourhood for

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

similar work. In a wider sense, it will be fair if it is equal to the predominant

rate for similar work throughout the country and for traders in general.

Irrespective of the way in which fair wage is understood, it can be fixed only be

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


comparison with an accepted standard wage. Such a standard can be determined

with reference to those industries where labour is well organized and has been

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

able to bargain well with the employers.

Living Wage :

Living wage is a step higher than fair wage. Living wage may be described as

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


one which should enable the wage earner to provide for himself and his family

not only the bare essentials of life like food, clothing and shelter, but a measure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of frugal comfort including education for children, protection against ill health,

requirements of essential social needs and/or measure of insurance against the

more important misfortunes including old age. Living wage must be fixed

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


considering the general economic conditions of the country. The concept of

living wage, therefore varies, from country to country. In the more advanced

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

countries, living wage itself forms the basis for the minimum wage.

In India, minimum wage is determined mainly for sweated industries under the

provisions of the Minimum Wages Act, 1948. Fair wage is fixed for other

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


industries considering prevailing rates of wages, productivity of labour, capacity

of the employer to pay, level of national income and other related factors.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Tribunals, awards and wage boards play major role in fair wage fixation. Many

people are of the opinion that living wage is a luxury for a developing country

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

like India and can therefore be deferred.

Components of Wage and Salary :

An average employee in the organized sector is entitled to several benefits-both

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


financial as well as non-financial. To be specific, typical remuneration of an

employee comprises:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Wages and Salary :

Wages represent hourly rates of pay, and salary refers to the monthly rate of pay,

irrespective of the number of hours put in by an employee. Wages and salaries

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


are subject to annual increments. They also differ from employee to employee,

and depend upon nature of job, seniority, and merit.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Incentives :

Also called payments by results, incentives are paid in addition to wages and

salaries. Incentives depend upon productivity, sales, profit or cost reduction

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


efforts.

There are: (i) individual incentive schemes and (ii) group incentive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

programmes. Individual incentives are applicable to specific employee

performance. Where a, given task demands group effort for completion,

incentives are paid to the group as a whole. The amount is later divided among

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


group members on an equitable basis.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Fringe Benefits :

These include such motley crowd of employee benefits as provident fund,

gratuity, medical care, hospitalization, accident relief, health and group

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


insurance, canteen, uniform, recreation and the like.

Perquisites :

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

These are allowed to executive and include company car, club membership, paid

holidays, furnished house, stock option scheme and the like. Perquisites are

offered to retain competent executives.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Non-monetary Benefits :

These include challenging job, responsibilities, recognition of merit, growth

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

prospects, competent supervision, comfortable working conditions, job sharing

and flexi time.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Fig. Components of Employee Remuneration


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Environment

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





Remuneration

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Financial

Non-Financial


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Hourly and

Incentives

Fringe

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Perquisites

Job context

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Monthly




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Benefits



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



rated

Individua

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Company car

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Challenging job



PF

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


l plans

Club-Membership

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Responsibilities

Wages

Gratuity

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Paid Holidays

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Recognition

Salaries

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Medical Care

Furnished house

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Growth Prospects



Group

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Accidental



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Stock Option

Supervision

plans

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Relief

scheme, etc.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Working Conditions



Health a nd

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Job Sharing, etc

Group

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Insurance, Etc.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Direct

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Indirect




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




Factors Influencing wage and Salary Administration :

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The wage payment is an important factor affecting the labour management

relations. Workers are very much concerned with the rates of wages as their

standard of living is linked to the amount of remuneration they get.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Managements, however, do not come forward to pay higher wages because cost

of production goes up and profits decrease to that extent. A number of factors,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


thus, influence the remuneration payable to the employees. These factors can be

categorized into (i) External Factors and (ii) Internal Factors.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

A.

External Factors


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


External factors influencing wages and salaries are as discussed below:

1.Demand and Supply :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The labour market conditions or demand and supply forces operate at the

national and local levels and determine organizational wage structure. When the

demand of a particular type of labour is more and supply is less then the wages

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


will be more. On the other hand, if supply of labour is more demand on the

other hand, is less then persons will be available at lower wage rates also. In the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

words of Mescon, the supply and demand compensation criterion is very

closely related to the prevailing pay, comparable wage and on going wage

concepts since, in essence all of these remuneration standards are determined by

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


immediate market forces and factors.

2.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Cost of Living :

The wage rates are directly influenced by cost of living of a place. The workers

will accept a wage which may ensure them a minimum standard of living.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Wages will also be adjusted according to price index number. The increase in

price index will erode the purchasing power of workers and they will demand

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

higher wages. When the prices are stable then frequent wage increases may not

be undertaken.

3.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Trade Unions` Bargaining Power :

The wage rates are also influenced by the bargaining power of trade unions.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Stronger the trade union higher well be the wage rates. The strength of a trade

union is judged by its membership, financial position and type of leadership.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Union`s last weapon is strike which may also be used for getting wage increases.

If the workers are disorganized and disunited then employers will be successful

in offering low wages.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4.

Government Legislation :

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

To improve the working conditions of workers, government may pass a

legislation for fixing minimum wages of workers. This may ensure them a

minimum level of living. In under developed countries bargaining power of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


labour is weak and employers try to exploit workers by paying them low wages.

In India, Minimum Wages Act, 1948 was passed to empower government to fix

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

minimum wages of workers.

5.

Psychological and Social Factors :

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Psychological the level of compensation is perceived as a measure of success in

life. Management should take into consideration the psychological needs of the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

employees while fixing the wage rates so that the employees take pride in their

work. Sociologically and ethically, the employees want that the wage system

should be equitable, just and fair. These factors should also be taken into

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


consideration while devising a wage programme.

6.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Economy :

Economy also has its impact on wage and salary fixation. While it may be

possible for some organisations to thrive in a recession, there is no doubt that

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


economy affects remuneration decisions. A depressed economy will probably

increase the labour supply. This, in turn, should lower the going wage rate.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

7.

Technological Development:

With the rapid growth of industries, there is a shortage of skilled resources. The

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


technological developments have been affecting skills levels at faster rates.

Thus, the wage rates of skilled employees constantly change and an organisation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

has to keep its level upto the mark to suit the market needs.


8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Prevailing Market Rates:

No enterprise can ignore prevailing or comparative wage rates. The wage rates

paid in the industry or other concerns at the same place will form a base for

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


fixing wage rates. If a concern pays low rates then workers leave their jobs

whenever they get a job somewhere else. It will not be possible to retain good

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

workers for long.

B.

Internal Factors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The important internal factors affecting wage and salary decisions are as

follows:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

1.

Ability to Pay:

The ability to pay of an enterprise will influence wage rates to be paid. If the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


concerns is running into losses then it may not be able to pay higher wage rate.

A profitable concern may pay more to attract good workers. During the period

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

of prosperity, workers are paid higher wages because management wants to

share the profits with labour.

2.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Job Requirements:

Basic wages depend largely on the difficulty level, and physical and mental

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

effort required in a particular job. The relative worth of a job can be estimated

through job evaluation. Simple, routine tasks that can be done by many people

with minimum skills receive relatively low pay. On the other hand, complex,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


challenging tasks that can be done by few people with high skill levels generally

receive high pay.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

3.

Management Strategy:

The overall strategy which a company pursues should determine to remuneration

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


to its employees. Where the strategy of the organisation is to achieve rapid

growth, remuneration should be higher than what competitors pay. Where the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

strategy is to maintain and protect current earnings, because of the declining


fortunes of the company, remuneration level needs to be average or even below

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

average.

4.

Employee:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Several employee related factors interact to determine his remuneration.

(i)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Performance or productivity is always rewarded with a pay increase.

Rewarding performance motivates the employees to do better in future.

(ii)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Seniority. Unions view seniority as the most objective criteria for pay

increases whereas management prefer performance to effect pay

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

increases.

(iii)

Experience. Makes an employee gain valuable insights and is generally

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


rewarded.

(iv)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Potential. Organisation do pay some employees based on their potential.

Young managers are paid more because of their potential to perform

even if they are short of experience.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


(v)

Luck. Some people are rewarded because of their sheer luck. They have

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the luck to be at the right place at the right time.



Process of Salary and Wage Fixation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Usually, the steps involved in determining wage and salary rates are as follows :

1.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Job Analysis:

A job analysis describes the duties, responsibilities, working conditions and

interrelationships between the job as it is and the other jobs with which it is

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


associated. Job descriptions are crucial in designing pay systems, for they help

to identify important job characteristics. They also help determine, define and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

weigh compensable factors (factors for which an organisation is willing to

pay-skill, experience, effort and working environment). After determining the

job specifications, the actual process of grading, rating or evaluating the job

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


occurs. A job is rated in order to determine its value in relation to all the other

jobs in the organisation which are subject to evaluation. The next step is that of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

providing the job with a price. This involves converting the relative job values

into specific monetary values or translating the job classes into rate ranges.

2.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Conduct the Salary Survey:

Compensation or salary surveys play a central role in pricing jobs. Virtually

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

every employer, therefore, conduct at least an informal survey. Employers use

salary surveys in three ways (i) Survey data are used to price bench mark jobs

that anchor the employer`s pay scale and around which the other jobs are slotted,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


based on their relative worth to the firm (ii) Some Jobs (generally 20% or more)

of an employer`s position are usually priced directly in the market place (rather

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

than relative to the firm`s benchmark jobs), based on a formal or informal

survey of what competitive firms are paying for comparable jobs (iii) Surveys

also collect data on benefits like insurance, sick leave and vacations to provide a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


basis for decisions regarding employee benefits.

Salary surveys can be formal or informal. Informal telephone surveys are good

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

for quickly checking on a relatively small number of easily identified and

quickly recognized jobs. Such as when a company`s HR manager wants to

confirm the salary at which to advertise a newly open cashier`s job. In formal

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


surveys, most firms either use the results of packaged surveys available from the

research bodies, employer`s associations, government labour bureaus etc. or

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

they participate in wage surveys and receive copies of results or else they

conduct their own. These surveys may be carried out by mailed questionnaire,

telephone, or personal interviews with other managers and personnel agencies.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Wage and salary surveys provide many kinds of useful information about

differences in wage levels for particular kinds of occupations. This can have a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

great influence on an organisation`s compensation policy.

3.

Group Similar Jobs into Pay Grades:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



After the results of job analysis and salary surveys have been received, the

committee can turn to the task of assigning pay rates to each job, but it will

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


usually want to first group jobs into pay grades. A pay grade is comprised of

jobs of approximately equal difficulty or importance as determined by job

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

evaluation. Pay grading is essential for pay purposes because instead of having

to deal with hundreds of pay rates, the committee might only have to focus on

say 10 or 12.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


4.

Price Each Pay Grade:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The next step is to assign pay rates to pay grades. Assigning pay rates to each

pay grade is usually accomplished with a wage curve. The wage curve depicts

graphically the pay rates currently being paid for jobs in each pay grade, relative

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


to the points or rankings assigned to each job or grade by the job evaluation.

The purpose of wage curve is to show the relationship between

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

(i) the value of the job as determined by one of the job evaluation methods and

(ii) the current average pay rates for the grades.

If there is reason to believe that the present pay rates are substantially out of step

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


with the prevailing market pay rates for those jobs, bench mark jobs within each

grade are chosen and priced via a salary survey. The new market based pay

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

rates are then plotted on the wage curve. The steps involved in pricing jobs with

a wage curve are:

(i)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Find the average pay for each pay grade, since each of the pay grades

consists of several jobs.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(ii)

Plot the pay rates for each pay grade. Then fit a line, called a wage line

through the points just plotted. This can be done either free hand or by

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


using a statistical method.

(iii)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Price the jobs. Wages along the wage line are the target wages or salary

rates for the jobs in each pay grade.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



5.

Fine-Tune Pay Rates :

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Fine tuning involves correcting out of line rates and developing rate ranges.


(i)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Developing Rate Ranges :

Most employers do not pay just one rate for all jobs in a particular pay grade.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Instead, they develop rate ranges for each grade so that there might be different

levels and corresponding pay rates within each pay grade. The rate range is

usually built around the wage line or curve. One alternative is to arbitrarily

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


decide on a maximum and minimum rate for each grade. As an alternative,

some employers allow the rate range for each grade to become wider for the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

higher pay ranges reflecting the greater demands and performance variability

inherent in these more complex jobs.

There are several benefits of using rate ranges for each pay grade. Firstly, the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


employer can take a more flexible stance with respect to the labour market. It

becomes easier to attract experienced, higher paid employees into a pay grade

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

where the starting salary for the lowest step may be too low to attract such

experienced personnel. Secondly, Rate ranges can also allow the employer to

provide for performance differences among employees within the same grade or

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


between those with different seniorities.

(ii)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Correcting our of Line Rates :

The average current pay for a job may be too high or too low, relative to other

jobs in the firm. If a rate falls well below the line, a pay rise for that job may be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


required. If the rate falls well above the wage line, pay cuts or a pay freeze may

be required.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Underpaid employees should have their wages raided to the minimum of the rate

range for their pay grade, assuming the organisation wants to retain those

employees and has the funds to do so. This can be done immediately or in one

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


or two steps.

There are several ways to cope with the over paid employees :

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


(i)

To freeze the rate paid to employees in this grade unless general salary

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

increases bring the other jobs into line with it.

(ii)

To transfer or promote some or all of the employees involved to jobs for

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


which they can legitimately be paid their current pay rates.

(iii)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

To freeze the rate for some time, during which time the overpaid

employees should be transferred or promoted. If it cannot be done, then

the rate at which these employees are paid is cut to the maximum in the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


pay range for their pay grade.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

6.

Wage Administration Rules :

The development of rules of wage administration has to be done in the next step.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


It is considered advisable in the interests of the concern and the employees that

the information about average salaries and ranges in the salaries of group should

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

be made known to the employees concerned; for secrecy in this matter may

create dissatisfaction and it may also vitiate the potential motivating effects of

disclosure. Finally, the employee is appraised and the wage fixed for the grade

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


he is found fit.

Methods of Wage Payments :

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The different methods of wage payments are as follows :

A.

Time Wage System :

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


This is the oldest method of wage payment. The Time is made a basis for

determining wages of a person. The wages are paid according to the time spent

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

by workers irrespective of his out put of work done. The wage rates are fixed

for an hour, a day, a week or a month. The time spent at work is recorded and

wages are paid according to it. For example, a wage rate of Rs. 15 per day is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


fixed in a factory. Two workers A and B attend work for 29 and 25 days

respectively. The wages as per time wage system will be Rs. 435 and 375 for

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


A and B respectively. This method of wage payment does not give weight age

to the quantity of goods produced by the workers. The supervisor may ensure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

that workers do not waste their time and the quality of goods is also maintained.

There are no hard and fast rules for fixing rates of wages. These may be decided

according to the level of the past, higher positions may be paid higher rates and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


vice-versa.

Wages are calculated in this method as follows :

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Earnings = T x R


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Where T stands for time spent and R is the rate of pay.

Suitability :

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Time wage system is suitable under following situations :

(i)

When productivity of an employee cannot be measured or counted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


(ii)

Where quality of products is more important than the quantity.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

(iii)

Where individual employees do not have any control over production.

(iv)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Where close supervision of work is possible.

(v)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Where work delays are frequent and beyond the control of workers.



Merits :

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


1.

Simplicity :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The method of wage payment is very simple. The workers will not find any

difficulty in calculating the wages. The time spent by a person multiplied by the

rate will calculate his wages.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2.

Security :

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Workers are guaranteed minimum wages for the time spent by them. There is

no link between wages and output, wages are paid irrespective of output. They


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

are not supposed to complete a particular task for getting their wages. They are

sure to get certain wages at the end of a specified period.

3.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Better Quality of Goods :

When workers are assured of wages on time basis, they will improve the quality

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of goods. If wages are related to output then workers may think for increasing

production without bothering about quality of goods. In this method workers

will concentrate on producing better quality goods. In certain situations only

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


time wage system will be suitable. If some art goods are produced then this

method will be more suitable.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


4.

Support of Unions :

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

This method is acceptable to trade unions because it does not distinguish

between workers on the basis of their performance. Any method which gives

different wage rates or wages based on output is generally opposed by unions.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


5.

Beneficial for Beginners :

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Wage rate system is good for the beginners because they may not be able to

reach a particular level of production in the beginning.

6.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Less Wastages :

The workers will not be in a hurry to push through production. The materials

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

and equipment will be properly handled without wastage.

Demerits :

Time wage system suffers from the following drawbacks :

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


1.

No Incentive for Efficiency :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The method does not distinguish between efficient and inefficient workers. The

payment of wages is related to time and not output. Thus, the method gives no

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

incentive for producing more. Efficient workers may start following inefficient

persons because rates of pay are the same. Rates of wages fixed in this method

are also low because these are fixed by taking into account to output of dullest

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


workers.

2.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Wastage of Time :

Workers may while away their time because they will not be following a target

of production. Efficient workers may also follow slow workers because there is

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


no distinction between them.

3.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Low Production :

Since wage are not related to output, workers may be producing at slower rate.

The responsibility for increasing production may mostly lie on supervisors.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Because of low production overhead expenses per unit will go up.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

4.

Difficulty to Determine Labour Cost :

Because wages are not related to output, employees find it difficult in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


determining labour cost per unit. The output will go on varying from time to

time while wages will remain almost the same. Production planning and control

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

will be difficult in the absence of a relationship between wages and output.

5.

More Supervision Required :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Under this system workers are not offered incentives for production. To get

more work from them there will be a need for greater supervision. More

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

supervision may be needed top maintain proper quality of goods also. In wage

system supervision coast goes up to a great extent.

6.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Employer-Employee Trouble :


When all employees, irrespective of their merit are treated equally there is likely

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


to be a trouble between management and workers. Those employees who are

not satisfied with this method may start disobeying order from their superiors.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

B.

Piece Wage System

Under piece system of payment, wages are based on output and not on time.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


There is no consideration for time taken in completing a task. A fixed rate is

paid for each unit produced, job completed or an operation performed. Workers

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

are not guaranteed minimum wages under this system. The wages to be paid to a

worker can be calculated as follows : Output x Piece Rate.

The quantity produced by a worker will be multiplied by the rate per unit for

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


calculating wages. An equitable piece rate should be fixed for giving incentive

to workers for producing more. Different piece rates will be determined for

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

separate jobs. The factors like efforts involved, conditions under which work is

to be performed, risk involved, etc. should be taken into account while fixing

piece rates.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The piece rate should be reviewed from time to time. These should be linked to

price index so that workers are able to maintain a minimum level of real wages.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Piece rates should also be revised when competitors do so otherwise there may

be a discontentment among workers.

Merits :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The piece rate system has the following merits :

1.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Wages Linked to Efforts :

Under piece wage system, wages are linked to the output of a worker. The

higher the output, higher will be the wages. Workers will try to put in more and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


more because their wages will go up.

2.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Increase in Production :


Production goes up when wages are paid according to piece-rate-system.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Workers will feel encouraged to increase output because their wages will also

increase. This increase is fair to both employees and employers. Efficient

workers will try to exert their maximum to raise their output.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


3.

Better Utilisation of Equipment :

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The machines and other equipment will be put to maximum utilisation. Workers

may not like to keep the machines idle. The use of machines will also be

systematic because any breakdown in these may effect the workers adversely.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


4.

Distinction Between Efficient and Inefficient :

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

As in time wage system, efficient and inefficient workers are not given equal

treatment. Efficient workers will get more because of their better results.

Inefficient workers, on other hand, will get lower wages because of low

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


production. There will be sufficient encouragement to efficient workers for

showing better results.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

5.

Less Supervision Required :

Since payments are on the basis of output, workers will not waste any of their

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


time. They will continue to work irrespective of supervision. There may be

more and more voluntary efforts on the part of workers and need for supervision

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

is reduced to a minimum.

6.

Effective Cost Control :

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The increase in output will result in reduction of overhead costs per unit. Some

of overhead expenses being fixed, increase in production will reduce expenses

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

per unit. Reduction in cost may benefit consumers in the form of lower price

goods.

7.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Better Planning and Control :

The certainty in achieving productions targets will improve planning and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

control. When management is sure of certain quantity of production then it can


plan other things with more confidence, it will also ensure better control over

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

production because targets may be regularly reviewed from time to time.

Demerits :

1.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


No Guarantee of Minimum Wages :

Under this system of payments workers are not guaranteed minimum wages.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

There is a direct relationship between output and wages. If a worker does not

ensure certain production then wages may also be uncertain. Any type of

interruption in work may reduce earnings of workers. So workers are not sure

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


of getting minimum wages.

2.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Poor Quality of Goods :

The workers will bother more about the number of units produced rather than

their quality. This results in the production of sub-standard goods unless

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


otherwise more supervisors are appointed to keep watch on quality.

3.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Not Suitable for Beginners :

The beginners will not be able to produce more goods because of less

experience. They will earn much low wages as compared to experienced

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


workers because their rate of production will be low.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





4.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Deterioration in Health :

Workers may try to work more than their capacity. This may adversely affect

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

their health. They may try to work even when they try not keeping good health

because wages are related to production.

5.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Cause of Dissatisfaction :


There may be difference in earning of various workers. Some may earn less and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


others may earn more. Those who get low wages feel so jealous of others who

earn more and this becomes a cause of dissatisfaction among slow workers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6.

Opposition from Unions :

Piece-rate system of paying wages is opposed by trade unions. There is an

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


unhealthy competition among workers for increasing their wages. It encourages

rivalry among workers and it may become a cause of disunity. The existence of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

unions is endangered when some sections among them feel jealous of others.

Unions will never support a system where workers earn different amounts of

wages and this becomes a cause of disharmony among them.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


7.

Difficulty in Fixing Piece-Rates :

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The fixation of piece rates is not an easy thing. If a low rate is fixed then

workers may not feel encouraged to increase their production. When a high

piece-rate is fixed then it will increase the cost of production of goods. The

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


fixation of piece rate may become a cause of an industrial dispute. It may be

very difficult to fix a rate acceptable to workers and management.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Types of Piece Rate System ;

Piece rate system may be of three types. These types are as follows :

1.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Straight Piece Rate :

In this method one piece rate is fixed and whole production is paid on this basis.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

If a piece rate of Rs. 5 per units is fixed then the wages will be calculated by

multiplying output by the rate fixed. A worker production 100 units will get

Rs. 500 (100 x 5). If production is raised to 120 units then wages will be Rs.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


600 (120 x 5). A worker will have to increase his output in order of get higher

wages. The rate of payment remains the same irrespective of level of output.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

2.

Increasing Piece Rate :


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

In this method different rates are fixed for different levels of production. Higher

rates are given when production increase beyond a certain level. For example, a

piece rate of Rs. 1 per unit may be fixed for production upto 100 units, Rs. 1.25

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


per unit for output between 101-150 units and 1.50 per unit for a production

beyond 150 units and so on. There is an incentive to get higher rate for raising

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

production beyond a certain level.

3.

Decreasing Piece Rate :

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


In this method the rate per unit decrease with increase in output, Rs. 1 per unit

may be allowed upto a production of 100 units 0.90 P. per unit for production

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

between 101-150 units, 0.85 P. per unit for an output beyond 150 units and so

on. This method discourages workers from raising their output because better

efforts are rewarded at lower piece.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Suitability :

Piece rate system is suitable under following situations :

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

1.

Where quality is important than quantity.

2.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


When work is of a repetitive nature.

3.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

When work is standardized and flow of output is continuous.

4.

When production of a worker car be separately measured.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5.

When strict supervision is not possible.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

6.

Where production is closely related to human efforts.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


C.

Balance or Debt Method :

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Balance or debt method is a combination of time and piece wage systems. The

worker is guaranteed a time rate with an alternative piece rate. If the wages

calculated at piece rate exceed time rate the worker gets credit. On the other

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



hand, if time wages exceed piece wages, the worker is paid time wage and the

deficit is carried forward as debt to be reconserved in future.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Suppose the time rate is Rs. 500 per week and the piece rate is Rs. 4 per unit.

The wages of a worker who products 150, 100 and 125 units in three weeks will

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

be calculated as follows :

Week

Piece Wages

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Time Wages

Credit

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Debit

Balance

First

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


(150 x 4) = 600

500

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

100

?

100

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Second

(100 x 4) = 400

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

500

?

100

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


NIL

Third

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

(125 x 4) = 500

500

?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


?

NIL

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Balance Method

This method provides a sense of security to the employees. At the same time, an

efficient worker has an opportunity to increase his wages. Workers of ordinary

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


ability are given a sufficient incentive to attain the same standard of living, by

getting guaranteed time wage, even though the excess paid to them is later

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

deducted from there future credit balance.

This method is suitable in industries where the flow of work is minimum. But

rates in this method has to be fixed on the most scientific basis.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Lesson ? 2 : Salary Packages and Deductions:


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Deduction from Wages / Salaries :

Sections 7 to 13 of the Wages Act 1936, deal with the permissible and non-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

permissible deductions which can be made from the wages of a worker. One of

the objectives of the Act is to ensure that workers are paid their wages without

any deductions.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Meaning of Deductions :

Every payment made by the employed person to the employer or his agent shall

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

be deemed to be deduction from wages. However, loss of wages due to any of

the following reasons or penalties shall not be deemed to be deduction from

wages :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1.

Withholding of increment of promotion (including the stoppage of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

increment) at an efficiency bar;

2.

The reduction to a lower post or time scale or to a lower stage in a time

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


scale; or

3.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Suspension but these penalties shall not be regarded as deduction

provided the rules framed by the employer for the imposition of any such

penalties are in conformity with the requirements, if any, which may be

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


specified in this behalf by the State Government.

Permissible deduction [Sec. 7(2)]. The authorized deductions that can be made

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

by the employer are given in Section 7(2). The deductions given in Section 7(2)

is exhaustive. No other deduction from wages is legally permissible. The

deductions by this section must be made in accordance with the provisions of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Sections 8 to 14 of the Act. The various deductions are as follows :

1.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Fines;

2.

Deductions for absence from duty;

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



3.

Deductions for damage to or loss of goods expressly entrusted to the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


employed person for custody or for loss of money for which he is

required to account, where such damage or loss is directly attributable to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

his neglect on default;

4.

Deductions for house accommodation supplied by the employer or by

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Government or any housing board or any other authority engaged in the

business of subsidising house accommodation;

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

5.

Deductions for such amenities and services supplied by the employer as

the State Government may authorize. The word service` does not

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


include the supply of tools and raw materials required for the purposes of

employment;

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

6.

Deductions for recovery of advances or by adjustment of over-payment

of wages;

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


7.

Deductions for recovery of loans made from any fund constituted for the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

welfare of labour;

8.

Deductions for recovery of loans granted for house building or other

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


purposes approved by the State Government;

9.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Deductions of Income Tax` payable by the employed person;

10.

Deductions made under orders of court or any other competent authority.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


11.

Deductions for contribution to and repayment of advances from any

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

provident fund;

12.

Deductions for payment to co-operative societies or to a scheme of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


insurance maintained by the Indian Post office;

13.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Deductions made with the written authorization of the person employed

for payment of any premium on his life insurance policy, or for the

purchase of securities of the Government of India or any State

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Government;


14.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Deductions for payment of insurance premium on Fidelity Guarantee

Bonds;

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

15.

Deductions for recovery of losses sustained by a railway administration

on account of ?

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


(i)

Acceptance by the employed person of counterfeit or base coins

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

or mutilated or forged currency notes;

(ii)

Failure of the employee to invoice, bill, collect or account for

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


appropriate charges due to that administrator;

(iii)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Any rebates or refunds incorrectly granted by the employed

person where such loss is directly attributable to his neglect or

default;

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


16.

Deductions made with the written authorization of the employed person

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

for

contribution to the Prime Minister`s National Relief Fund or to such

other fund, as the Central Government may be notification in the official

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Gazette

specify. [Inserted by the Payment of Wages (Amendment)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Ordinance, 1975].



Permissible total deductions [Sec. 7(3)]. The total amount of deductions which

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


may be made under Section 7(2) in any wage period from the wages of any

employed person shall not exceed ?

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

(i)

In case where such deductions are wholly or partly made for payments to

co-operative societies, seventy five per cent of such wages; and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


(ii)

In any other case fifty per cent of such wages.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



If the total deductions exceed the limits of 75 or 50 per cent of wages as the case

may be, the excess may be recovered in such manner as may be prescribed.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Breach of provisions of this Section is punishable with fine which may extend to

Rs. 500.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Provisions of the Payment of Wages Act Relating to Deductions :

The Payment of Wages Act, 1936 deals mainly with the responsibility for

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

payment of wages and most important of all deductions which can lawfully be

made from the wages payable to the workmen.

1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Deductions for Fines (Sec. 8) :

Fine may be imposed on employed person for such acts and omissions specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in notices approved by the State Government or the authority and exhibited in

the prescribed manner on the premises of employment. Fine may be imposed on

an employed person on the fulfillment of the following conditions :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


(a)

Approval of list of acts or omissions : Fines shall be imposed only in

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

respect of such acts or omissions which are specified by notice with the

approval of the State Government or of the prescribed authority.

(b)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Display of notice : The approved list should be exhibited at or near the



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

main entrance of the factory or in the case of person employed upon a



railway (otherwise) than in a factory) at the prescribed places.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


(c)

An opportunity of showing cause : No fine shall be imposed on any

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



employed person until he has been given an opportunity of showing

cause against the fine.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


(d)

Amount of fines : The total amount of fine shall not exceed an amount

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



equal to half an anna in the rupee of the wages payable to him in respect


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


of that wage period.

(e)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Age limit for the imposition of fine : No fine shall be imposed on any



employed person who is under the age of 15 years.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


(f)

Not recoverable by installment or after undue delay : The fine cannot be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



recovered by installments and after the expiry of 60 days from the date


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

of the offence.

(g)

Day of imposition of fine : Every fine shall be deemed to have been

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




imposed on the day of the act or omission in respect of which it was

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



imposed.

(h)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Maintenance of Special Register : All fines and amounts realized on



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

account of such fines shall be recorded in the register prescribed for the



purpose.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


(i)

Application of the Fund : All such amount of the fines shall be applied

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to such purposes beneficial to the persons employed in the factory or

establishment. Where the person employed is a part of a staff employed

under the same management, all such realisations may be credited to a

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


common fund maintained for the staff as a whole. But such a fund can

be applied only to the approved purpose.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Penalty for the breach of the provision of this section is punishable with fine

which may extend to Rs. 500 except in the case of (b) and (i) where the penalty

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


may extend of Rs. 200.

2.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Deductions for absence from duty (Sec. 9) :

The amount of such deduction shall in no case bear to the wages payable to

employed person in respect of the wage period for which the deduction is made

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


a largest proportion than the period for which he was absent bears to the total

period within such wage period, during which by the terms of his employment,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

he was required to work. If ten or more employed persons acting in concert,

absent themselves without due notice and without reasonable cause, such

deduction from any person`s wage may include such amount not exceeding his

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


wage for eight days as may by any such terms be due to the employer in lieu of

due course.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


In the case Jawahar Mills Ltd. Vs Industrial Tribunal AIR (1965) Mad. 92, it

was observed that where the workmen took part in an illegal strike in a public

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

utility service under Section 22 of the Industrial Disputes Act, there was no

reasonable cause for such a strike.

Penalty for the breach of the provisions of this section is punishable with fine

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


which may extend to Rs. 500.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

3.

Deductions for damage and loss (Sec. 10) :

Section 10 of the Acta makes provision for deductions for damages or loss. It

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


provides that a deduction for damage or loss shall not exceeed the amount of

damage or loss caused to the employer by the neglect or default of the employed

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

person. But before making any deduction under this section it must be

established that the damage or loss sustained is directly attributable to the

neglect or default of the employed person and he has been given an opportunity

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


of showing cause against such deductions. All such deductions and realizations

thereof shall be recorded in a register to be kept by the person responsible for

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the payment of wages. Penalty for the breach of the provisions of this section is

punishable with fine which may extend to Rs. 500.

4.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Deductions for service rendered (Sec. 11) :

Deductions for house accommodation and for amenities and services supplied or

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

rendered by the employer may be made under Section 7(iv) and (v) of the Act.

But such deductions shall not be made unless the house accommodation amenity

or service has been accepted by him as a term of employment or otherwise, and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


such deduction shall not exceed an amount equivalent to the value of the house

accommodation amenity or service supplied and in case of a deduction for

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

amenity or service, it shall be subject to such conditions as the State

Government may impose.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Any contravention of the provision of the above sub-section is punishable with

fine which may extend to Rs. 500.

5.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Deduction for Recovery of Advances (Sec. 12) :

Deduction for recovery of advances or for adjustment of over-payment of wages

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

can be made subject to the following conditions :

1.

Recovery of an advance of money given before employment began shall

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


be made from the first payment of wages in respect of a complete wage

period, but no recovery shall be made of such advances given for

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

traveling expenses.

2.

Recovery from an advance of money given after employment began shall

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


be subject to such conditions as the State Government may impose.

3.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Recovery of advances of wages nor already earned shall be subject to

any rules made by the State Government regulating the extent to which

such advances may be given and the installments by which they may be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


recovered.

4.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Deductions for recovery of loans granted for house building etc. shall be

subject to any rules made by the State Government regulating the extent

to which such rules may be given and the installments by which they

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


may be recovered.

5.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The amount of all advances sanctioned and the payments thereof shall be

entered in a specified register.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Penalty for contravention of the above sub-section is fine which may

extend to Rs. 500.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

6.

Deductions for payment to co-operative societies and insurance


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


schemes (Sec. 13) :

Deductions in respect of the following shall be made subject to such conditions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as the State Government may impose :

(a)

For payments to co-operative societies approved by the State

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Government.

(b)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

For payments to a insurance scheme maintained by the Indian

Post Office.

(c)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


For payment of any premium on his Life Insurance Policy to the

Life Insurance Corporation of India made with the written

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

authoritsation of the person employed.

(d)

For the purchase of securities of the Government of India ; or

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


(e)

For being deposited in any Post Office Saving Bank in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

furtherance of any Saving Scheme of any such Government.

Penalty for contravention of the above provisions in the above provisions

is fine upto Rs. 500.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Lesson ? 3 : Fringe Benefits and Other Monetary Allowances :

Fringe Benefits :

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The human concept of labour has been recognized widely in the industrial

world. The employer, though not bound, provides several benefits and services

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

to the employees, working in the organisation to maintain and promote the

employees` favourable attitude towards the work and work environment,

because maintenance of favourable attitude towards the work and work

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


environment, because maintenance of favourable attitude is an essential part of

motivation and high morale. Such benefits and services, being a part of wage

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and salary administration, include all expenditure incurred to benefit employees

over and above regular wages and direct monetary incentives related to output

and are generally referred to as fringe benefits. The real wages of workers are

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


increased by the benefits provided by the employer and thus, they are regarded

as supplement to their wages. Many years ago, benefits and services were

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

labeled fringe` benefits because they were relatively insignificant or fringe

components of compensation. However, the situation now is different, as these

have, more or less, become important part of a comprehensive compensation

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


package offered by employers to employees.

Definition :

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Fringe benefit is a benefit which supplements the employees` ordinary wages

and which is of value to them and their families in so far as it materially

increases their retirement benefits.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


According to the Glossary of Industrial Relations and Wage Terms Fringe

benefits are supplements to wages received by workers at a cost to the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

employers. The term encompasses a number of benefits-paid vacation, pension,

health insurance plans, etc. which usually add up to something more than a


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

fringe` and is sometimes applied to a practice that may constitute a dubious

benefit for workers.

According to D. Belcher Fringe benefits are any wage cost not directly

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


connected with the employees productive effort, performance, service or

sacrifice.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

According to Cockman Employee benefits are those benefits which are

supplied by an employer to or for the benefits of an employee and which are not

in the form of wages, salaries and time-rated payment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


According to Werther and Davis Fringes embrace a broad range of benefits and

services that employees receive as part of their total compensation package-pay

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

or direct compensation-is based on critical job factor and performance.

Benefits and services, however, are indirect compensation because they are

usually extended as a condition of employment and are not directly related to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


performance.

The main features of fringe benefits are as follows :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1.

Fringe benefits are supplementary to regular wages or salaries.

2.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


These benefits are paid to all the employees based on this

membership in the organisation.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

3.

These benefits are indirect compensation because these are usually

extended as a condition of employment and are not directly related to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


performance.

4.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Fringe benefits involve a labour cost for the employer and are not

meant directly to improve efficiency.

5.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Fringe benefits raise the living standard of the employees.

6.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Fringe benefits refer to items for which a direct monetary value to the

employee can be ascertained eg. Provident funds, pension, etc. On


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the other hand, services refers to the items like medical facilities,

recreation, etc.

7.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


These benefits may be statutory or voluntary. Provident Fund in a

statutory benefit whereas housing in a voluntary benefit.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Objectives of Fringe Benefits :

Fringe benefits are given to achieve the following objectives.

(i)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


To recruit and retain the best employees.

(ii)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To protect employees against certain hazards e.g. life insurance, old

age pension, etc.

(iii)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


To improve motivation and morale of the employees by satisfying

some unsatisfied needs.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

(iv)

To improve work environment and industrial relations.

(v)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


To ensure health, safety and welfare of employees.

(vi)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

To develop a sense of belongingness and loyalty among workers.

(vii) To meet statutory requirements.

(viii) To satisfy the demands of trade unions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


(ix)

To improve the public image of the organisation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Kinds of Fringe Benefits :

The benefits and services to be included under the title fringe benefits` are

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


numerous.

George R. Terry has enumerated as many as 28 benefits under fringes. A few of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

them are ? Bonus for quality and attendance, contribution to group insurance

plan, lay off and termination pay, travel expenses, suggestion awards, medical

leave with pay, overtime, university and trade courses, etc.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



The Chamber of Commerce, USA has included 5 types of benefits under fringe

benefits.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


(i)

Statutory payments such as old age pension unemployment

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

insurance, group insurance, etc.

(ii)

Payment for pension and labour welfare

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


(iii)

Rest or leave with pay

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

(iv)

Payment for time not worked

(v)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Other benefits such as profit sharing, suggestions reward,

reimbursement of tuition fees, festival allowance, etc.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



There are different classifications by different persons. A common and

exhaustive list of fringe benefits, thus, cannot be prepared.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Fringe Benefits in India :

The fringe benefits offered by various organisations in India may be broadly

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

classified into eight categories :

A.

Payment for time not worked

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


B.

Employee Security

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

C.

Safety and Health

D.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Workmen`s Compensation

E.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Health benefits

F.

Voluntary arrangements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


G.

Welfare and Recreational Facilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

H.

Old Age and Retirement benefits.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


These benefits are discussed as follows :


A.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Payment for Time not Worked : This category includes the following :

(i)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Paid holidays : According to the Factories Act, 1`948, an adult worker

shall have weekly paid holidays, preferably Sunday. When a worker is

deprived of weekly holidays, he is eligible for compensatory holidays of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


the same number in the same month.

(ii)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Shift Premium : Companies operating second and third shifts, pay a

premium to the workers who are required to work during the odd hour`s

shift.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


(iii)

Holiday Pay : Generally organisations offer double the normal rate of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the salary to those workers who work during holidays.

(iv)

Paid Vacation : Workers in manufacturing, mining and plantations who

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


had worked for 240 days during a calendar year are eligible for paid

vacation at the rate of one day for every 20 days worked in the case of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

child workers.

B.

Employee Security : A minimum and continuous wage or salary gives a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


sense of security to the employees. The payment of Wages Act 1936. The

Minimum Wages Act 1948, the payment of Bonus Act 1965, provide income

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

security to the employees. In addition to this, the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947,

provides for the payment of compensation in case of lay off and retrenchment.

C.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Safety and Health : Employees` safety and health should be taken care of

in order to protect the employees against accidents, unhealthy working

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

conditions and to protect the workers productive capacity. In India, The

Factories Act, 1948, stipulated certain conditions and requirements regarding

working conditions with a view to provide safe working environment.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


D.

Workmen`s Compensation : In addition to health and safety measures,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provisions for the payment of compensation has also been made under

Workmen`s Compensation Act 1923. The Act is intended to meet the


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

contingency of invalidity and death of a worker due to an employment injury or

an occupations disease specified under the Act as the sole responsibility of the

employer.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


E.

Health Benefits : Organisations provide various medical services like

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

hospital, clinical and dispensary facilities to employees and their family

members. Employees State Insurance Act 1948 deals comprehensively about

the health benefits to be provided. Benefits under this Act include :

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


(i)

Sickness benefit

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

(ii)

Maternity benefit

(iii)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Disablement benefit

(iv)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Dependent`s benefit

(v)

Medical benefit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


F.

Voluntary Arrangements : Most of the large organisations provide

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

health services over and above the legal requirements to their employees free of

cost by setting up hospitals, clinics, dispensaries and homeopathic dispensaries.

G.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Welfare and Recreation Facilities : Welfare and recreational benefits

include (i) Canteens (ii) Consumer Societies (iii) Credit Socieities (iv) Housing

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

(v) Legal aid (vi) Employees Counselling (vii) Welfare organisations (viii)

Holiday homes (ix) Educational facilities (x) Transportation (xi) Parties and

picnics (xii) Miscellaneous.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


H.

Old Age and Retirement Benefits : Employers provide some benefits to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the employees, after retirement and during old age, with a view to create a

feeling of security about the old age. These benefits are called old age and

retirement benefits and include (i) Provident Fund (ii) Pension (iii) Deposit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Linked Scheme (iv) Gratuity and (v) Medical benefits.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


The Employees Provident Fund Act provides for the institution of Provident

Fund for employees in factories and establishment.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Employees Pension Fund Act provides family pension and life insurance benefit

to the employees of various establishments. The payment of Gratuity Act, 1972

and Deposit Linked Insurance Scheme 1976 under the PF Act 1952, provide the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


respective benefits to the employees.

All organisations may not provide all the benefits discussed due to the financial

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stringencies. Moreover, the list of benefits given earlier is not an exhaustive one

and some organisations provide different benefits which are not included in the

list owing to their need and the financial ability of the organisations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Lesson ? 4 : Wages and Salary Administration in India :


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Wage policy refers to all systematic efforts of the government in relation to a

national wage and salary system. It includes orders, legislations, etc., to regulate

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the levels or structures of wages and salaries with a view to achieving economic

and social objectives of the government. Specifically, the objectives of wage

policy are :

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


1)

To obtain for the workers a just share of the fruits of economic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

development,

2)

To set minimum wages for workers whose bargaining position is

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


weak,

3)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

To bring about a more efficient allocation and utilization of human

resources through wage and salary differentials, and

4)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


To abolish malpractices and abuses in wage and salary payments.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The first step towards the evolution of a wage policy was the enactment of the

Payment of Wages Act, 1936. The main objective of the Act is to prohibit any

delay or withholding of wages legitimately due to the employees. The next step

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


was the passing of the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, authorizing all the state

governments to set up industrial tribunals which would look into disputes

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

relating to remuneration. Another notable development that led to the evolution

of wage policy was the enactment of the Minimum Wages Act, 1948. The

purpose of the Act is the fixation of minimum rates of wages to workers in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


sweated industries such as woolen, carpet making, flour mills, tobacco

manufacturing, oil mills, plantations, quarrying, mica, agriculture and the like.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The Act was amended several times to make it applicable to more and more

industries. Then came the Equal Remuneration Act, 1976, which prohibits


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

discrimination in matters relating to remuneration on the basis of religion, region

or sex.

The Constitution of India committed the government to evolve a wage policy.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Successive five year plans documents have also devoted necessary attention to

the need for wage policy. Following the recommendations of the First and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Second Plans, the Government of India constituted wage boards for important

industries in the country. A wage board is a tripartite body comprising

representations from the government, owners, and employees. Technically

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


speaking, a wage board can only make recommendations, and wage policies are

normally implemented through persuasion.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Inspite of legislations, tribunals and boards, disparities in wages and salaries still

persist. Some of the disparities are :

1.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Employees of MNCs are paid much more than their counterparts in

host countries for identical work.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2.

Different industries have different wage and salary structures

resulting in disparities in remuneration for identical work.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


3.

Wide gaps exist between wages and salaries of employees in the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

organized sector and of those in the unorganized sector, the latter

earning much less than the former.

4.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Differences exist between earnings of employees in the government

sector and those in the private sector.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5.

Within the government sector salary differences exist among

employees of different departments.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




The disparities are glaring. If an illiterate supervisor in a leather processing unit

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

can earn Rs.12,000/- plus per month and a half yearly bonus, how much can a

university professor earn Rs.10,000/- and no bonus ? If an auto driver can earn


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs. 3,000/- per month, how much should temporary lecturer in a college earn ?

Rs. 1,200/- per month ? And remain temporary for every. A sweeper in L & T is

an income tax assessee but a BE or a MBBS degree holder works for Rs.800/-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


per month in a small scale unit or Rs.1,200/- in a private nursing home

respectively.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

There are clerks in Bombay who get nearly twice as much as a labour tribunal

judge ? the man who arbitrates everyone`s wages and salaries. And a head clerk

in the LIC gets, at the maximum of his grade, more than half of the salary of a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


high court judge, not less.

In order to correct such disparities, the Government of India appointed a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

committee headed by Mr.Bhootalingam in 1979. The brief given to the

Committee was to suggest rational and integrated wage policy covering all

sectors of the economy. Soon after the Committee submitted its report, there

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


was hue any cry raised against the recommendations. It was criticized as anti-

labour and impracticable. The report was promptly and predictably short down.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUMMARY

Wages and Salary Package :

Employees remuneration has different connotations for different people. For

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


employee it means status and standard of living, for employer it adds to the cost,

and to the human resource management, administration of remuneration is an

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

important activity.

Remuneration comprises both financial as well as non-financial benefits. Only

financial benefits are considered in this chapter.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


External and internal factors have an impact or an employee`s pay package.

Factors external to an organisation include labour market, going rate, cost of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

living, labour unions, labour laws, society and the economy. Internal


environment, on the other hand, includes company`s ability to pay, job

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

evaluation and performance appraisal, and the worker himself/herself.

The common practice followed for wage and salary determination is to fix the

rate per unit of time (per day, per month or per annum) and calculate the total

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


wages by multiplying the number of units of time with the rate per unit of time.

The wage policy in our country is governed by several legislative provisions and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

constitutional requirements. The other issues covered in the chapter are wage

concepts and international remuneration.

Fringe Benefits :

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Fringe refers to all those monetary benefits that the employees receive in

addition to direct remuneration. Fringe benefits are popular because they

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

enhance employee earnings, help attract and retain competent personnel, reduce

fatigue, minimize overtime costs and discourage labour unrest.

Employee benefits are legion. Irrespective of the types of remuneration, fringe

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


benefits need to be administered satisfying certain principles. Genuine

commitment, matching an employee`s felt need, cost effectiveness and sound

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

planning are some such principles.

Administration of fringe benefits must proceed step by step, the steps being : (i)

establishing benefit objectives ; (ii) assessing environmental factors, (iii) making

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


the benefits competitive ; (iv) communicating benefits to employees ; and (v)

evaluation and control.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The future of fringe benefits is clear ? there will be more and more demand for

them and the employers must be prepared to meet the growing demand.

Discussion Questions :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1,

What do you understand by wage and salary administration ? State its

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

objectives and basic principles.

2.

Differentiate between minimum wage, fair wage and living wage.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



3.

Bring out the components of employee remuneration.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


4.

Outline the external as well as Internal Factors influence the employee

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

remuneration.

5.

Bring out the procedure for fixing of employee salary.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


6.

Define wages. Discuss the provisions of the payment of wage Act with

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

regard to deductions which may and which may not be made from

wages.

7.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Discuss the provisions of the payment of wages Act 1936, relating to

deductions of (i) damages or loss (ii) services rendered (iii) recovery of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

advance and (iv) payment of cooperative societies.

8.

What do you mean by Fringe benefits ? What are the objective of fringe

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


benefits.

9.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Describe the various types of fringe benefits offered to employees in

India.

10.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Discuss the salary and wage Administration in India.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





References and Notes :

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


1.

Laxmi Narain (1973) Managerial Compensation and Motivation in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Public Enterprises : New Delhi Oxford & IBH.

2.

Subrammanium, k.N. (1979) Wages in India New Delhi : Tata

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


McGraw Hill.

3.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Shasi K. Gupta & Rosy Joshi ? Human Resource Management` ? India

? Kalyani Publishers, 2002.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

4.

K. Aswathappa ? Human Resource and Personnel Management ? Tata

McGraw Hill, 1997.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


5.

D.P. Jain ? Industrial and Labour Laws ? Konark, 1991.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

6.

Arun Monappa & Mirzas Saiyadain ? Tata McGraw Hill, 1979.

7.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Thaker, C.P. (1985), Corporate Strategy on Fringe Benefits Dean :

Spectrum Publishing.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---